]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
regenerated
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
68
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 \\{ada-mode-map}
71
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
74
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
77
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
80
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
82
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
85
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
88
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94
95 If you use imenu.el:
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
97
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
104
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
109
110 ;;;***
111 \f
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
115
116 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
124
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil)
128
129 ;;;***
130 \f
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15683 14753))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
147
148 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
149 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
152 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
153
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
165 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
166
167 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and site.
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
191
192 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
195 the change log file in another window." t nil)
196 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
197
198 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
203 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
204
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
206 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
207
208 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
209 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
210
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
212 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
213
214 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
216
217 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
219
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
225
226 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
227
228 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
232
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
235
236 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
237 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
243 ;;;;;; 53216))
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245
246 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
255 interpreted as `error'.")
256
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
265
266 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
277 will clear the cache." nil nil)
278
279 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
282
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
285 BODY... )
286
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
301
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
306
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
309
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
312
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
315
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
320
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
326 during preloading.
327
328 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
329
330 ;;;***
331 \f
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
336
337 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
344
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
348
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
352 on the format of these lists." t nil)
353
354 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
364 options.
365
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
368
369 Fred (123) 456-7890
370 Alice (123) 456-7890
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
372 Joe (123) 456-7890
373
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
375 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
376 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
383 align that section." t nil)
384
385 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
391 been used to align that section." t nil)
392
393 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
399 to be colored." t nil)
400
401 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
402 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
403
404 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
405 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
406
407 ;;;***
408 \f
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15707 34351))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
412
413 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
414
415 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
416 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
417 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
418 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
419 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
420 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
421
422 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
423
424 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
425
426 ;;;***
427 \f
428 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
429 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
431
432 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
433 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
434 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
435 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
436 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
437 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
438 in the current window." nil nil)
439
440 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
441 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
442 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
443
444 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
445 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
446
447 ;;;***
448 \f
449 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
450 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
452
453 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
454 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
455
456 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
457 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
458
459 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
460 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
461 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
462 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
463
464 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
465 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
466
467 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
468
469 ;;;***
470 \f
471 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
472 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
474
475 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
477 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
478 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
479 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
480 \\[yank].
481
482 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
483 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
484 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
485 the rules.
486
487 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
488 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
489 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
490 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
491
492 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
493 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
494 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
495
496 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
497 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
498 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
499
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
503 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
504 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
505 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15708 56871))
506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
507
508 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
509 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
510 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
511 as the first thing on a line.")
512
513 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
514 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
515
516 (defvar appt-audible t "\
517 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
518
519 (defvar appt-visible t "\
520 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
521
522 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
523 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
524
525 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
526 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
527
528 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
529 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
530
531 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
532 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
533 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
534
535 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
536 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
537 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
538
539 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
540 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
541
542 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
543 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
544 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
545 put in the appointments list.
546 02/23/89
547 12:00pm lunch
548 Wednesday
549 10:00am group meeting
550 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
551 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
552 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
553
554 ;;;***
555 \f
556 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
557 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15597
558 ;;;;;; 27578))
559 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
560
561 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
562 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
563
564 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
565
566 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
567 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
569 normal variables." t nil)
570
571 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
572
573 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
574 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
576 noninteractive functions.
577
578 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
579 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
580
581 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
582 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
583 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
584 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
585 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
586
587 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
588 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
589 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
590 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
591 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
592
593 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
594 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
595 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
596 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
597 bindings.
598 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
599
600 ;;;***
601 \f
602 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15591
603 ;;;;;; 63983))
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
605
606 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
607 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
608 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
609 Letters no longer insert themselves.
610 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
611 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
612
613 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
614 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
615 archive.
616
617 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
618
619 ;;;***
620 \f
621 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
622 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
623
624 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
625 Major mode for editing arrays.
626
627 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
628 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
629 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
630
631 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
632
633 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
634 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
635 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
636
637 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
638 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
639 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
640 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
641 The variables are:
642
643 Variables you assign:
644 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
645 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
646 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
647 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
648 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
649 row numbers in the buffer.
650
651 Variables which are calculated:
652 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
653 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
654
655 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
656 take a numeric prefix argument):
657
658 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
659 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
660 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
661 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
662
663 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
664 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
665 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
666 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
667
668 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
669 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
671 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
672
673 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
674 between that of point and mark.
675
676 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
677 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
678
679 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
680 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
681 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
682 newlines inside rows)
683
684 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
685
686 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
687
688 ;;;***
689 \f
690 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15651
691 ;;;;;; 7291))
692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
693
694 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
695 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
696 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
697 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
698
699 How to quit artist mode
700
701 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
702
703
704 How to submit a bug report
705
706 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
707
708
709 Drawing with the mouse:
710
711 mouse-2
712 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
713 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
714 below).
715
716 mouse-1
717 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
718 or pastes:
719
720 Operation Not shifted Shifted
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
723 to new point
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Line Line in any direction Straight line
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Rectangle Rectangle Square
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
740 lines
741 --------------------------------------------------------------
742 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
746 Paste Paste Paste
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
750
751 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
752 or diagonally.
753
754 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
755 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
756 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
757 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
758 poly-lines.
759
760 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
761 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
762 overwrite means the opposite.
763
764 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
765 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
766 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
767
768 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
769
770 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
771 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
772
773 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
774 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
775 are currently drawing something.
776
777 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
778 some time to fill.
779
780
781 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
782 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
783
784
785 Settings
786
787 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
788
789 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
790
791 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
792
793 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
794
795 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
796 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
797
798 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
799
800
801 Drawing with keys
802
803 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
804 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
805 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
806 When erase characters: toggles erasing
807 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
808 When pasting: Pastes
809
810 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
811
812 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
813
814 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
815 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
816 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
817 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
818 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
819 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
820
821
822 Arrows
823
824 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
825 of the line/poly-line
826
827 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
828 of the line/poly-line
829
830
831 Selecting operation
832
833 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
834
835 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
839 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
841 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
842 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
844 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
848 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
851 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
853 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
854 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
855
856
857 Variables
858
859 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
860 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
861
862 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
863 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
864 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
865 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
866 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
867 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
868 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
869 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
870 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
871 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
872 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
875 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
876 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
877 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
878 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
879 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
880 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
881
882 Hooks
883
884 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
885 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
886
887
888 Keymap summary
889
890 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
891
892 ;;;***
893 \f
894 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
895 ;;;;;; 3352))
896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
897
898 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
899 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
900 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
901
902 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
906
907 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
908 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
909
910 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
911 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
912
913 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
914
915 Special commands:
916 \\{asm-mode-map}
917 " t nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
922 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
924
925 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
926 Obsolete.")
927
928 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
929 This command is obsolete." t nil)
930
931 ;;;***
932 \f
933 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
934 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
936
937 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
938 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
939 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
941 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
942
943 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
944
945 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
946
947 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
948 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
949 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
950 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
951 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
952 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
953 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
954 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
955 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
956 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
957
958 For example:
959 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
960 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
962 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
963 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
964
965 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
966
967 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
968 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
969 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
971 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
972
973 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
974
975 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
976
977 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
978 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
979 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
980 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
981 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
982 &c to supply digit arguments.
983
984 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
985
986 ;;;***
987 \f
988 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
989 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
991
992 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
993 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
994
995 ;;;***
996 \f
997 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
998 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15567 16400))
999 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1000
1001 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1002 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1003 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1006 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1007 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1008 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1009
1010 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1011 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1012 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1015
1016 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1017
1018 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1019
1020 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1021 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1022 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1023 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1024
1025 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1026 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1031 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1032 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1034
1035 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1036 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1037 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1038 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1039
1040 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1041 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1042 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1043
1044 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1045 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1046 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1047
1048 ;;;***
1049 \f
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1051 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1053
1054 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1055 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1056 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1057
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1060
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1067
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1070
1071 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1072 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1076
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1078
1079 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1080
1081 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1082 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1083
1084 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1085 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1086 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1087
1088 ;;;***
1089 \f
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1091 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1093
1094 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1095 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1096 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1099
1100 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1101
1102 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1103
1104 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1105 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1106 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1107 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1108
1109 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1110 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1111 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1112
1113 Effects of the different modes:
1114 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1115 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1116 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1117 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1118 a random distance & direction.
1119 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1120 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1121 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1122
1123 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1124
1125 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1126 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1127 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1128
1129 ;;;***
1130 \f
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1132 ;;;;;; 10362))
1133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1134
1135 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1136 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1137 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1138 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1139 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1140
1141 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1142
1143 ;;;***
1144 \f
1145 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1146 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1148
1149 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1150 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1151
1152 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1153 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1154
1155 For example:
1156
1157 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1158 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1159 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1160 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1161
1162 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1163
1164 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1165
1166 ;;;***
1167 \f
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1171
1172 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1173 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1174 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1175 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1176
1177 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1178 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1179 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1180 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1181 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1182 seconds." t nil)
1183
1184 ;;;***
1185 \f
1186 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15630
1187 ;;;;;; 29474))
1188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1189
1190 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1191 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1192
1193 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1194 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1196 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1197 message.
1198
1199
1200 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1201
1202 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1203 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1204 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1205 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1206 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1207
1208 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1209 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1210 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1211 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1212 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1213 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1214
1215 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1216 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1217 BibTeX mode.
1218
1219
1220 Special information:
1221
1222 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1223
1224 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1225 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1226 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1227 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1228 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1229 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1230 current field.
1231 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1233
1234 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1235 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1236 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1237 bibtex-entry-format.
1238 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1239 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1240 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1241
1242 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1243 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1244
1245 The following may be of interest as well:
1246
1247 Functions:
1248 bibtex-entry
1249 bibtex-kill-entry
1250 bibtex-yank-pop
1251 bibtex-pop-previous
1252 bibtex-pop-next
1253 bibtex-complete-string
1254 bibtex-complete-key
1255 bibtex-print-help-message
1256 bibtex-generate-autokey
1257 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1258 bibtex-end-of-entry
1259 bibtex-reposition-window
1260 bibtex-mark-entry
1261 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1262 bibtex-ispell-entry
1263 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1264 bibtex-sort-buffer
1265 bibtex-validate
1266 bibtex-count
1267 bibtex-fill-entry
1268 bibtex-reformat
1269 bibtex-convert-alien
1270
1271 Variables:
1272 bibtex-field-delimiters
1273 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1274 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1275 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1276 bibtex-entry-format
1277 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1278 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1279 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1280 bibtex-predefined-strings
1281 bibtex-string-files
1282
1283 ---------------------------------------------------------
1284 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1285 non-nil.
1286
1287 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1288
1289 ;;;***
1290 \f
1291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1293
1294 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1295
1296 ;;;***
1297 \f
1298 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1299 ;;;;;; 35394))
1300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1301
1302 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1303 Play blackbox.
1304 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1305
1306 What is blackbox?
1307
1308 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1309 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1310 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1311 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1312 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1313 your score.
1314
1315 Overview of play:
1316
1317 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1318 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1319 four.
1320
1321 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1322 movement keys.
1323
1324 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1325 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1326
1327 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1328 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1329
1330 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1331 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1332 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1333 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1334 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1335 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1336
1337 Details:
1338
1339 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1340
1341 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1342 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1343 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1344 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1345
1346 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1347 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1348 denoted by the letter `R'.
1349
1350 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1351 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1352 denoted by the letter `H'.
1353
1354 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1355 example.
1356
1357 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1358 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1359 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1360 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1361 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1362 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1363 ray.
1364
1365 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1366 degree deflection it causes.
1367
1368 1
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1372 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1377 2 3
1378
1379 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1380 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1381
1382
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1391
1392 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1393 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1394 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1395 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1396 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1397 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1398 emerging from the box.
1399
1400 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1401
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1407 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1410
1411 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1412 a reflection." t nil)
1413
1414 ;;;***
1415 \f
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1421 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15625 11767))
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1426
1427 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1428 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1429 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1430 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1431 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1432 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1433
1434 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1435
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1437
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1439
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1441
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1443
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1445
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1447
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1449
1450 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1451
1452 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1453
1454 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1455
1456 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1457
1458 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1459
1460 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1461 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1462 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1463 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1464 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1465 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1466 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1467 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1468 recent one.
1469
1470 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1471 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1472 yank successive words.
1473
1474 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1475 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1476 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1477 name of the file being visited.
1478
1479 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1480 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1481 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1482
1483 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1484 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1485 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1486 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1487 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1488 this.
1489
1490 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1491 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1492 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1493 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1496 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1497 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1498 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1499 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1500
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1502 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1503 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1504 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1505
1506 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1507
1508 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1509 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1510 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1511 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1512
1513 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1514 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1515 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1516
1517 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1518 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1519 name." t nil)
1520
1521 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1522 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1526 this." t nil)
1527
1528 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1529 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1530 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1531 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1532 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1533 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1534 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1535 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1536
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1538 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1539 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1540
1541 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1545 \(second argument).
1546
1547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1552
1553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1557
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1561 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1563 while loading.
1564
1565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1570 explicitly.
1571
1572 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1573 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1574 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1575 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1578 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1579 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1580 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1581 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1582
1583 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1584
1585 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1586
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1588 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1592 this.
1593
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1597
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1599 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1600 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1601 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1602 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1603 this.
1604
1605 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1606 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1607 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1608
1609 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1610 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1611 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1612
1613 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1614 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1615 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1616
1617 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1618 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1619 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1620 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1621 prompts for NEWNAME.
1622 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1623 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1624 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1625
1626 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1627 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1628 name.
1629
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1633
1634 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1635 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1636 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1637 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1638 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1639 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1640
1641 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1642 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1643 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1644
1645 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1646
1647 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1648
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1650
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1652
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1654
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1656
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1658
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1660
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1662
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1664
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1666
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1668
1669 ;;;***
1670 \f
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1681 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15683 14757))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1683
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1685 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1686 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1687 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1688
1689 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1690 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1691 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1692 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1693 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1694
1695 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1696 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1697
1698 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1699 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1700
1701 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1702 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1703 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1704 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1705 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1706
1707 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1708 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1709 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1710
1711 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1712 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1713
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1716 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1717 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1718 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1719 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1720
1721 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1722 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1723 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1724 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1725 narrowed." t nil)
1726
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1728 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1729
1730 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1731 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1732
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1735 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1736 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1737
1738 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1739 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1740 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1741 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1742
1743 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1744 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1745 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1746 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1747 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1748 to use." t nil)
1749
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1751 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point.
1753
1754 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1755 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1756 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1757 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1758
1759 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1760 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1761
1762 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1763 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1764
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1767 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1768 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1769
1770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1771 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1772 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1773 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1774
1775 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1776 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1777
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1781 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1782
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1785 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1786 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1787
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1790
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1794 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1795
1796 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1797 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1798 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1799 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1800
1801 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1802 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1803 new tab in an existing window instead.
1804
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1807
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1812
1813 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1814 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1815 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1816 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1817
1818 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1819 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1820
1821 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1822 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1823
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1825 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1826 program is invoked according to the variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1828
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1831 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1832 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1833
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1836
1837 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1838 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1839 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1840
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1844 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1845
1846 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1847 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1848 Default to the URL around or before point.
1849
1850 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1851 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1852 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1853
1854 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1855 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1856 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1857 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1858
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1861
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1864 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1865
1866 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1867 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1868 Default to the URL around or before point.
1869
1870 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1871 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1872 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1873
1874 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1875 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1876
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1879 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1880 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1881
1882 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1883 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1884 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1885 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1886 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1887
1888 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1889 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1890 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1891 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1892
1893 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1894 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1895 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1896 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1897
1898 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1899 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1902 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1904
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1906 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1907 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1908 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1909 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1910 current one.
1911
1912 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1913 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1914 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1915 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1916
1917 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1918 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1919
1920 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1921 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1922 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1923 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1924 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1925 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1926
1927 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1928 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1929 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1930
1931 ;;;***
1932 \f
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1934 ;;;;;; 9932))
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1936
1937 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1938 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1939
1940 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1941 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1942
1943 ;;;***
1944 \f
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1946 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15354 40500))
1947 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1948
1949 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1950 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1951 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1952 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1953
1954 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1955 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1956 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1957 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1958
1959 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1960 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1961
1962 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1963 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1964 \\<bs-mode-map>
1965 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1966 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1967 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1968 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1969
1970 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1971 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1972 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1973 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1974 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1975
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1979 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1980 ;;;;;; 6557))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1982
1983 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1984 Keymap used by buttons.")
1985
1986 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1987 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1988 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1989
1990 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1991 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1992 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1993 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1994 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1995 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1996
1997 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1998 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1999 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2000 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2001
2002 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2003 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2009
2010 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2011
2012 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2013 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2019
2020 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2021
2022 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2029
2030 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2031 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2032 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2033 `make-text-button'.
2034
2035 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2036
2037 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2038 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2039 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2040 specifying properties to add to the button.
2041 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2042 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2043 `define-button-type'.
2044
2045 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2046 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2047 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2048 `insert-text-button'.
2049
2050 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2051
2052 ;;;***
2053 \f
2054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2056 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2057 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2058 ;;;;;; (15689 46994))
2059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2060
2061 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2062 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2063 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2064
2065 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2067 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2068 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2069
2070 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2071 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2072 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2073 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2074 whether to compile it.
2075
2076 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2077
2078 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2079 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2080
2081 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2082 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2083 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2084 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2085 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2086
2087 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2088 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2089 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2090 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2091
2092 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2093 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2094 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2095
2096 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2097 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2098 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2099 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2100 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2101 all functions called by those functions.
2102
2103 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2104 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2105 cons, etc.).
2106
2107 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2108 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2109 invoked interactively." t nil)
2110
2111 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2112 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2113 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2114 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2115
2116 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2117 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2118 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2119 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2120 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2121 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2122 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2123 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2124
2125 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2126 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2127 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2128 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2129
2130 ;;;***
2131 \f
2132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2134
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2136
2137 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2138
2139 ;;;***
2140 \f
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2142 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
2143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2144
2145 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2146 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2147 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2148 from the cursor position." t nil)
2149
2150 ;;;***
2151 \f
2152 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2153 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2154 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15698
2155 ;;;;;; 64355))
2156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2157
2158 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2159 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2160
2161 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2162 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2163
2164 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2165 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2166 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2167 If nil, use original installation directory.
2168 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2169
2170 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2171 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2172
2173 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2174 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2175
2176 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2177 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2178 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2179
2180 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2181 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2182
2183 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2184 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2187 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2190 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2193 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2194 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2195 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2196
2197 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2198 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2199 This is most useful in the X window system.
2200 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2201 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2204 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2205 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2206
2207 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2208 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2209
2210 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2211 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2214 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2215
2216 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2217 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2218 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2221
2222 ;;;***
2223 \f
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (15605 43432))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2227
2228 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2229 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2230
2231 ;;;***
2232 \f
2233 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2234 ;;;;;; 16009))
2235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2236
2237 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2238 Run the Emacs calculator.
2239 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2240
2241 ;;;***
2242 \f
2243 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2245 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2246 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2247 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2248 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2249 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2250 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2251 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2252 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2253 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2255 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2257 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2258 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2259 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2261
2262 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2263 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2264 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2265
2266 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2267 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2268 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2269 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2270 the screen.")
2271
2272 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2273 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2274 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2275 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2276 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2277
2278 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2279 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2280 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2281 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2282 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2283 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2284 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2285
2286 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2287 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2288 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2289 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2290 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2291
2292 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2293 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2294 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2295
2296 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2297 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2298 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2299
2300 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2301 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2302 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2303
2304 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2305 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2306 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2307 displayed.")
2308
2309 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2310 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2311 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2312
2313 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2314 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2315 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2316
2317 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2318
2319 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2320 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2321 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2322
2323 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2324 calendar.")
2325
2326 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2327 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2328 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2329
2330 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2331 calendar.")
2332
2333 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2335 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2336
2337 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2338 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2339 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2340 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2341 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2342
2343 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2344 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2345 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2346 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2347 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2348 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2349 a function is also provided for this:
2350 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2351
2352 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2353 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2354 date is not visible in the window.
2355
2356 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2357 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2358 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2359
2360 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2361 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2362
2363 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2364 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2365 date is visible in the window.
2366
2367 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2368 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2369 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2370
2371 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2372 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2373
2374 For example,
2375
2376 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2377
2378 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2379
2380 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2381 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2382
2383 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2384
2385 MONTH/DAY
2386 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2387 MONTHNAME DAY
2388 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2389 DAYNAME
2390
2391 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2392 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2393 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2394 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2395 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2396 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2397 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2398 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2399 respectively.
2400
2401 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2402 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2403 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2404
2405 DAY/MONTH
2406 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2407 DAY MONTHNAME
2408 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2409 DAYNAME
2410
2411 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2412 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2413
2414 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2415 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2416 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2417 window but will appear in a diary window.
2418
2419 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2420 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2421
2422 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2423 entries (in the default American style):
2424
2425 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2426 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2427 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2428 21: Payday
2429 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2430 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2431 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2432 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2433 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2434 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2435 &* 15 time cards due.
2436
2437 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2438 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2439 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2440 single diary entry
2441
2442 02/11/1989
2443 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2444 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2445 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2446 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2447 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2448 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2449
2450 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2451 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2452 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2453
2454 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2455
2456 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2457
2458 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2459 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2460 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2461 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2462 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2463 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2464 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2465 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2466 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2467
2468 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2469 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2470 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2471 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2472 for these functions for details.
2473
2474 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2475 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2476
2477 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2478 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2479
2480 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2481 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2482
2483 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2484 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2485
2486 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2487 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2488 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2489
2490 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2491 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2492 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2493
2494 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2495 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2496 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2497 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2498
2499 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2500 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2501 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2502 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2503
2504 DAY/MONTH
2505 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2506 DAY MONTHNAME
2507 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2508 DAYNAME
2509
2510 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2511 characters with or without a period.")
2512
2513 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2514 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2515 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2516
2517 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2518 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2519 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2520
2521 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2522 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2523 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2524
2525 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2526 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2527 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2528
2529 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2530 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2531 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2532 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2533 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2534 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2535
2536 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2537 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2538 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2539
2540 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2541 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2542 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2543 of the form
2544
2545 #include \"filename\"
2546
2547 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2548 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2549 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2550 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2551 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2552
2553 For example, you could use
2554
2555 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2556 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2557 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2558
2559 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2560 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2561 lexicographic order.")
2562
2563 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2564 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2565 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2566
2567 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2568 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2569 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2570 diary display.
2571
2572 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2573 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2574 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2575 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2576 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2577 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2578 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2579
2580 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2581 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2582 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2583 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2584 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2585 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2586 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2587 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2588
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2590 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2593 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2595
2596 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2597 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2598
2599 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2600 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2601 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2602 of the form
2603 #include \"filename\"
2604 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2605 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2606 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2607 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2608 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2609
2610 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2611 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2612 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2613 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2614 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2615 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2616
2617 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2618 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2619 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2620 are holidays.")
2621
2622 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2623 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2624 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2625 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2626 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2627
2628 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2629
2630 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2631 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2632 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2633
2634 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2635
2636 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2637 *Oriental holidays.
2638 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2639
2640 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2641
2642 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2643 *Local holidays.
2644 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2645
2646 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2647
2648 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2649 *User defined holidays.
2650 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2651
2652 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2653
2654 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2655
2656 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2657
2658 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2659
2660 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2661
2662 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2663
2664 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2665
2666 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2667
2668 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2669
2670 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2671 *Jewish holidays.
2672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2673
2674 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2675
2676 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2677 *Christian holidays.
2678 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2679
2680 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2681
2682 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2683 *Islamic holidays.
2684 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2685
2686 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2687
2688 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2689 *Sun-related holidays.
2690 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2691
2692 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2693
2694 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2695 The frame set up of the calendar.
2696 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2697 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2698 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2699 any other value the current frame is used.")
2700
2701 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2702 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2704
2705 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2706 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2707
2708 ;;;***
2709 \f
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2712
2713 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2714 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2715
2716 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2717 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2718
2719 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2720 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2721
2722 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2723 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2724
2725 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2726 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2727
2728 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2729 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2730
2731 ;;;***
2732 \f
2733 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2734 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2735 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2737
2738 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2739
2740 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2741 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2742 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2743 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2744 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2745 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2746
2747 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2748
2749 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2750 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2751 run first.
2752
2753 Key bindings:
2754 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2757 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2758 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2759 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2760 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2761 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2762 message.
2763
2764 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2765
2766 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2767 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2768 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2769
2770 Key bindings:
2771 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2772
2773 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2774 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2775 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2776 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2777 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2778 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2779 message.
2780
2781 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2782
2783 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2784 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2785 is run first.
2786
2787 Key bindings:
2788 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2791 Major mode for editing Java code.
2792 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2793 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2794 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2795 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2796 message.
2797
2798 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2799
2800 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2801 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2802 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2803 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2804 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2805
2806 Key bindings:
2807 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2810 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2811 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2812 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2813 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2814 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2815 message.
2816
2817 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2818
2819 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2820 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2821 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2822
2823 Key bindings:
2824 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2825
2826 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2827 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2828 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2829 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2830 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2831 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2832 message.
2833
2834 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2835
2836 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2837 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2838 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2839
2840 Key bindings:
2841 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2842
2843 ;;;***
2844 \f
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15623 552))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2848
2849 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2850 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2851 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2852 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2853 for details of setting up styles.
2854
2855 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2856 style name.
2857
2858 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
2859 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2860 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2861 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2862 will be reassigned.
2863
2864 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
2865 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
2866 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
2867 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
2868 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
2869 default).
2870
2871 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
2872 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
2873 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
2874 when used elsewhere." t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2877 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2878 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2879 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2880
2881 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2882
2883 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2884 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2885 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2888 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2889 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2890 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2891 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2892
2893 ;;;***
2894 \f
2895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15556 56060))
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2897
2898 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2899 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2900 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2901 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2902 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2903
2904 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2905 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2906
2907 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2908 `infodock'.")
2909
2910 ;;;***
2911 \f
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2913 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2914 ;;;;;; (15669 59919))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2916
2917 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2918 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2919
2920 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2921 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2922
2923 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2924 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2925
2926 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2927 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2928 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2929 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2930 execution.
2931
2932 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2933
2934 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2935 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2936
2937 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2938 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2939 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2940 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2941
2942 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2943 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2944 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2945 `write' commands.
2946
2947 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2948 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2949 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2950 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2951
2952 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2953 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2954 semantics.
2955
2956 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2957
2958 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2959
2960 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2961
2962 STATEMENT :=
2963 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2964 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
2965
2966 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2967 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2968 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2969 | integer
2970
2971 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2972
2973 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2974 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2975 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2976
2977 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2978 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2979 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2980
2981 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2982 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2983
2984 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2985 BREAK := (break)
2986
2987 REPEAT :=
2988 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2989 (repeat)
2990 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2991 ;; (repeat))
2992 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2993 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2994 ;; (read REG)
2995 ;; (repeat))
2996 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2997 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2998 ;; (read REG)
2999 ;; (repeat))
3000 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3001
3002 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3003 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3004 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3005 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3006 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3007 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3008 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3009 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3010 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3011 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3012 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3013 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3014 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3015 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3016 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3017 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3018
3019 WRITE :=
3020 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3021 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3022 ;; representation.
3023 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3024 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3025 ;; (write r7))
3026 | (write EXPRESSION)
3027 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3028 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3029 ;; representation.
3030 | (write integer)
3031 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3032 ;; buffer.
3033 | (write string)
3034 ;; Same as: (write string)
3035 | string
3036 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3037 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3038 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3039 ;; representation.
3040 | (write REG ARRAY)
3041 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3042 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3043 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3044 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3045 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3046 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3047
3048 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3049 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3050
3051 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3052 END := (end)
3053
3054 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3055 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3056 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3057
3058 ARG := REG | integer
3059
3060 OPERATOR :=
3061 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3062 + | - | * | / | %
3063
3064 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3065 | & | `|' | ^
3066
3067 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3068 | << | >>
3069
3070 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3071 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3072 | <8
3073
3074 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3075 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3076 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3077 | >8
3078
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3081 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3082 | //
3083
3084 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3085 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3086
3087 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3088 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3090 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3091 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3092 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3093 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3094 | de-sjis
3095
3096 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3097 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3098 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3099 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3100 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3101 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3102 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3103 ;; byte of SJIS.
3104 | en-sjis
3105
3106 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3107 ;; Same meaning as C code
3108 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3109
3110 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3111 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3112 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3113 | <8=
3114
3115 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3116 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3117 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3118
3119 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3120 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3121 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3122 | //=
3123
3124 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3125
3126
3127 TRANSLATE :=
3128 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3129 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3130 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3131 LOOKUP :=
3132 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3133 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3134 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3135 MAP :=
3136 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3137 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3138 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3139 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3140 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3141 MAP-ID := integer
3142 " nil (quote macro))
3143
3144 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3145 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3146 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3147 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3148 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3149 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3150
3151 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3152 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3153 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3154
3155 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3156
3157 ;;;***
3158 \f
3159 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3160 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3161 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3162 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3163 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3164 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3165 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3166 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3167 ;;;;;; (15702 53007))
3168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3169
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3172 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3173 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3174
3175 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3176 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3177 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3178 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3179 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3180 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3181 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3182 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3183
3184 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3185 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3186 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3187 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3188 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3189 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3190 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3191 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3192
3193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3194 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3195 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3196 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3197 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3200 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3201 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3202 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3203 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3204
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3207 Only documentation strings are checked.
3208 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3210 a separate buffer." t nil)
3211
3212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3213 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3214 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3215 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3216 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3217
3218 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3219 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3221 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3222 if there is one." t nil)
3223
3224 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3225 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3226 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3227 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3228 if there is one.
3229 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3230
3231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3232 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3233 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3234
3235 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3236 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3237 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3238 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3239 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3240
3241 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3242 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3243 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3244 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3245 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3246 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3247
3248 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3249 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3250 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3251 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3252
3253 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3254 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3255 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3256 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3257
3258 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3259 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3260 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3262
3263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3264 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3265 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3266 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3267
3268 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3269 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3270 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3271 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3272
3273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3274 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3275 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3276 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3277
3278 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3279 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3280 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3281 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3282
3283 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3284 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3285 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3286 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3287
3288 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3289 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3290 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3291 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3292
3293 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3294 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3295 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3296
3297 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3298 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3299 checking of documentation strings.
3300
3301 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3302
3303 ;;;***
3304 \f
3305 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3306 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3307 ;;;;;; 33361))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3309
3310 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3311 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3312 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3313
3314 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3315 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3316
3317 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3318 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3319 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3320
3321 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3322 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3323
3324 ;;;***
3325 \f
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3327 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3329
3330 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3331 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3332 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3333 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3334 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3335 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3336
3337 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3338 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3339 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3340 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3341 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3342
3343 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3344
3345 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3346 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3347 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3348 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3349 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3350
3351 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3352 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3353 \\{command-history-map}
3354
3355 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3356 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3357
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15666 1371))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3362
3363 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3364 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3365 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3366 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3367 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3368 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3369
3370 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3371 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3376 ;;;;;; (15605 17010))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3378
3379 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3380
3381 ;;;***
3382 \f
3383 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3384 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3386
3387 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3388 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3389 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3390 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3391
3392 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3393 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3394 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3395
3396 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3397 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3402 ;;;;;; 11979))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3404
3405 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3406 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3407 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3408 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3409 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3410 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3411 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3412 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3413
3414 ;;;***
3415 \f
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3417 ;;;;;; (15591 63983))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3419
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3421 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3422 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3423 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3424 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3425 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3426
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3430 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3431 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3433
3434 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3436 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3437 ASCII table.
3438
3439 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3440 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3441 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3442 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3443
3444 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3445 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3446 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3447
3448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3451
3452 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3453 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3454 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3455
3456 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3457 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3458
3459 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3460 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3461 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3462
3463 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3464 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3465
3466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3468
3469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3472
3473 ;;;***
3474 \f
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3476 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3477 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (15712 52093))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3480
3481 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3482 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3483 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3484 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3485 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3486 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3487 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3488 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3489
3490 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3491
3492 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3493 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3494 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3495 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3496 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3497 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3498 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3499 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3500
3501 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3502
3503 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3504 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3505 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3506 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3507 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3508 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3509
3510 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3511 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3512 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3513
3514 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3515
3516 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3517 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3518 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3519
3520 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3521
3522 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3523 Send COMMAND to current process.
3524 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3525 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3526
3527 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3528 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3529 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3530 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3531
3532 ;;;***
3533 \f
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15669
3535 ;;;;;; 19465))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3537
3538 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3539 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3540 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3541 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3542
3543 This command pushes the mark in each window
3544 at the prior location of point in that window.
3545 If both windows display the same buffer,
3546 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3547 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3548
3549 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3550 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3551 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3552
3553 ;;;***
3554 \f
3555 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3556 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3557 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3558 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15664 47328))
3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3560
3561 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3562 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3563
3564 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3565 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3566
3567 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3568 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3569 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3570 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3571 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3572
3573 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3574 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3575 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3576 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3577 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3578
3579 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3580 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3581 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3582 describing how the process finished.")
3583
3584 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3585 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3586 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3587 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3588
3589 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3590 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3591 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3592
3593 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3594 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3595 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3596 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3597
3598 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3599 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3600 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3601 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3602
3603 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3604 and move to the source code that caused it.
3605
3606 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3607 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3608
3609 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3610 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3611 Then start the next one.
3612
3613 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3614 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3615 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3616
3617 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3619 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3620 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3621 where grep found matches.
3622
3623 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3624 easily repeat a grep command.
3625
3626 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3627 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3628 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3629 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3630
3631 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3632 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3633 Collect output in a buffer.
3634 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3635 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3636
3637 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3638 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3639
3640 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
3641 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
3642 Collect output in a buffer.
3643 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
3644 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
3645 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
3646 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
3647 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
3648
3649 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3650 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3651
3652 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3653 easily repeat a find command.
3654
3655 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
3656 those sub directories of DIR." t nil)
3657
3658 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3659 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3660 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3661 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3662 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3663
3664 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3665
3666 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3667 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3668 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3669 See `compilation-mode'.
3670 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3671
3672 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3673 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3674 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3675 See `compilation-mode'.
3676 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3677
3678 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3679 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3680
3681 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3682 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3683
3684 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3685 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3686 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3687 and start at the first error.
3688
3689 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3690 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3691 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3692 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3693 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3694 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3695
3696 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3697 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3698 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3699
3700 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3701 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3702 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3703
3704 ;;;***
3705 \f
3706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3707 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3709
3710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3714 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3715
3716 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3717
3718 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3719
3720 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3721 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3722 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3723
3724 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3725 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3726 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3727 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3728
3729 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3730 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3731 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3732 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3733
3734 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3735 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3736 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3737 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3738
3739 ;;;***
3740 \f
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3742 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3744
3745 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3746 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3747
3748 ;;;***
3749 \f
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3751 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3752 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (15714 3656))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3755
3756 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3757 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3758 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3759 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3760 `make-composition'.
3761
3762 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3763
3764 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3765 | | 1:tc or top-center
3766 | | 2:tr or top-right
3767 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3768 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3769 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3770 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3771 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3772 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3773
3774 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3775 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3776 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3777 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3778 be added.
3779
3780 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3781 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3782 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3783
3784 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3785 | | |
3786 | global| |
3787 | glyph | |
3788 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3789 +----+--*--+
3790 | | new |
3791 | |glyph|
3792 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3793 ")
3794
3795 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3796 Compose characters in the current region.
3797
3798 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
3799 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
3800
3801 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3802
3803 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3804 specifying the region.
3805
3806 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3807 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
3808 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
3809
3810 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3811 of the text in the region.
3812
3813 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3814
3815 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3816 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3817 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3818 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3819
3820 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3821 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3822 detail.
3823
3824 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3825 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3826 text in the composition." t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3829 Decompose text in the current region.
3830
3831 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3832 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3835 Compose characters in string STRING.
3836
3837 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3838 the characters in it.
3839
3840 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3841 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3842 STRING respectively.
3843
3844 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3845 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3846 `compose-region' for more detail.
3847
3848 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3849 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3850 text in the composition." nil nil)
3851
3852 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3853 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3854
3855 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3856 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3857 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3858 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3859 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3860 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3861 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3862 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3863
3864 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3865 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3866
3867 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3868 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3869
3870 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3871 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3872
3873 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3874 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3875
3876 If no composition is found, return nil.
3877
3878 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3879 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3880
3881 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3882 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3883 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3884
3885 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3886
3887 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3888
3889 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3890 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3891 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3892
3893 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3894
3895 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3896
3897 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3898 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3899
3900 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3901 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3902 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3903 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3904 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3905 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3906 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3907 nil.
3908
3909 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3910 is:
3911 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3912 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3913
3914 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3915
3916 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3917 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3918
3919 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3920
3921 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3922 Compose last characters.
3923 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3924 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3925 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3926 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3927 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3928 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3929 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3930 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3931 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3932 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3933 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3934
3935 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3936 Convert CHAR to string.
3937
3938 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3939 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3940 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3941
3942 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
3943
3944 ;;;***
3945 \f
3946 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3947 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3949
3950 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3951 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3952 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3953 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3954
3955 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3956 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3957 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3958 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3959
3960 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3961 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3962 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3963 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3964
3965 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3966 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3967
3968 ;;;***
3969 \f
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3971 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3973
3974 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3975 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3976 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3977 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3978 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3979 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3982 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3983
3984 ;;;***
3985 \f
3986 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3987 ;;;;;; (15649 61374))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3989
3990 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3991 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3992 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3993 Tab indents for Perl code.
3994 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3995 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3996
3997 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3998 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3999 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4000 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4001 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4002 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4003 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4004 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4005 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4006 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4007 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4008 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4009
4010 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4011
4012 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4013 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4014
4015 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4016
4017 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4018 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4019 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4020 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4021 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4022 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4023 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4024 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4025 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4026
4027 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4028
4029 bite if angry;
4030
4031 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4032 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4033 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4034 to nil.)
4035
4036 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4037 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4038 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4039
4040 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4041
4042 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4043 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4044 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4045 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4046 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4047
4048 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4049
4050 if (A) { B }
4051
4052 into
4053
4054 B if A;
4055
4056 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4057
4058 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4059 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4060 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4061 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4062 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4063 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4064 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4065 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4066 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4067 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4068 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4069 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4070 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4071
4072 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4073 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4074 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4075 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4076 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4077 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4078
4079 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4080 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4081 man via menu.
4082
4083 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4084 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4085 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4086 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4087 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4088
4089 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4090 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4091 span the needed amount of lines.
4092
4093 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4094 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4095 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4096 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4097
4098 Variables controlling indentation style:
4099 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4100 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4101 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4102 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4103 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4104 `cperl-auto-newline'
4105 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4106 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4107 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4108 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4109 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4110 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4111 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4112 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4113 `cperl-indent-level'
4114 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4115 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4116 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4117 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4118 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4119 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4120 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4121 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4122 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4123 `cperl-brace-offset'
4124 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4125 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4126 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4127 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4128 `cperl-label-offset'
4129 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4130 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4131 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4132
4133 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4134 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4135 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4136 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4137 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4138
4139 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4140 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4141 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4142 \(both available from menu).
4143
4144 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4145 column 0 is indented on
4146 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4147
4148 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4149 with no args.
4150
4151 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4152 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4153 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4154
4155 ;;;***
4156 \f
4157 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4158 ;;;;;; (15593 36679))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4160
4161 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4162 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4163 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4164 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4165 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4166
4167 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4168 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4169
4170 ;;;***
4171 \f
4172 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4173 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4175
4176 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4177 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4178 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4179 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4180
4181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4182 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4183
4184 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4185
4186 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4187
4188 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4189 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4190 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4191
4192 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4197 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4199
4200 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4201 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4202 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4203 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4204
4205 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4206 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4207 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4208 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4209
4210 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4211 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4212 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4213
4214 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4215 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4216 'bob', and 'eve'.
4217
4218 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4219 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4220 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4221
4222 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4223
4224 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4225 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4226 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4227
4228 ;;;***
4229 \f
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4231 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
4232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4233
4234 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4235 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4236 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4237 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4238 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4239 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4240 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4241 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4242
4243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4244 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4245
4246 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4247
4248 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4249
4250 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4251 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4252 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4253 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4254 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4255 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4256
4257 ;;;***
4258 \f
4259 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4260 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4261 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4262 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4263 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4264 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4265 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4266 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4267 ;;;;;; (15675 7034))
4268 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4269 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4270
4271 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4272 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4273
4274 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4275 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4276
4277 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4278 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4279
4280 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4281
4282 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4283 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4284 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4285
4286 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4287 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4288
4289 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4290 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4291
4292 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4293 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4294
4295 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4296 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4297
4298 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4299
4300 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4301 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4302 Return VALUE.
4303
4304 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4305 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4306
4307 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4308 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4309
4310 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4311 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4312
4313 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4314 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4315
4316 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4317
4318 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4319 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4320 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4321 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4322 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4323
4324 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4325 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4326
4327 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4328 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4329
4330 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4331
4332 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4333 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4334
4335 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4336 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4337 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4338 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4339 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4340
4341 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4342 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4343 version." t nil)
4344
4345 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4346
4347 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4348 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4349 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4350
4351 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4352 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4353 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4354
4355 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4356 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4357
4358 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4359 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4360
4361 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4362 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4365 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4366
4367 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4368 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4369
4370 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4371 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4372 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4373 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4374 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4375 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4376 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4377
4378 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4379 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4380 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4381
4382 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4383 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4384
4385 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4386 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4387
4388 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4389 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4390 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4391 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4392 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4393 that option." nil nil)
4394
4395 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4396 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4397 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4398 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4399 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4400 that option." nil nil)
4401
4402 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4403 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4404
4405 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4406 File used for storing customization information.
4407 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4408 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4409 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4410
4411 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4412 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4413 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4414 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4415
4416 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4417 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4418
4419 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4420 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4421
4422 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4423 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4424 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4425
4426 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4427 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4428 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4429 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4430 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4435 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4437
4438 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4439 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4440
4441 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4442 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4443 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4444
4445 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4446
4447 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4448 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4449 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4450
4451 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4452
4453 ;;;***
4454 \f
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4456 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4458
4459 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4460 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4461
4462 ;;;***
4463 \f
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4465 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4467
4468 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4469 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4470
4471 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4472 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4473 C++ modes are included.
4474
4475 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4478 Turn on CWarn mode.
4479
4480 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4481 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4482
4483 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4484 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4485 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4487 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4488
4489 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4490
4491 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4492
4493 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4494 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4495 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4496 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4497 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4498
4499 ;;;***
4500 \f
4501 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4502 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4503 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4505
4506 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4507 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4508
4509 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4510 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4511
4512 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4513 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4514 For readability, the table is slightly
4515 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4516
4517 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4518 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4519 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4520 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4521 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4522
4523 ;;;***
4524 \f
4525 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4526 ;;;;;; (15671 8032))
4527 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4528
4529 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4530
4531 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4532
4533 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4534 Completion on current word.
4535 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4536 and presents suggestions for completion.
4537
4538 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4539 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4540 completions.
4541
4542 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4543 then it searches *all* buffers.
4544
4545 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4546 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4547
4548 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4549 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4550
4551 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4552 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4553 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4554 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4555 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4556
4557 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4558 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4559
4560 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4561 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4562 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4563
4564 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4565 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4566
4567 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15363
4572 ;;;;;; 46803))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4574
4575 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4576 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4577
4578 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4579 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4580 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4581
4582 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4583 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4584 Data lines are not indented.
4585
4586 Key bindings:
4587
4588 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4589 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4590
4591 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4592 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4593 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4594 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4595
4596 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4597
4598 dcl-basic-offset
4599 Extra indentation within blocks.
4600
4601 dcl-continuation-offset
4602 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4603
4604 dcl-margin-offset
4605 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4606
4607 dcl-margin-label-offset
4608 Indentation for a label.
4609
4610 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4611 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4612
4613 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4614 dcl-block-end-regexp
4615 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4616 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4617 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4618 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4619 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4620
4621 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4622 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4623 Two such functions are included in the package:
4624 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4625 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4626
4627 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4628 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4629 One such function is included in the package:
4630 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4631
4632 dcl-tab-always-indent
4633 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4634 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4635 margin.
4636
4637 dcl-electric-characters
4638 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4639 typed.
4640
4641 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4642 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4643 which words trigger electric indentation.
4644
4645 dcl-tempo-comma
4646 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4647 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4648 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4649
4650 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4651 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4652 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4653 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4654
4655 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4656 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4657 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4658 dcl-imenu-label-call
4659 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4660
4661 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4662 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4663 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4664 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4665
4666
4667 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4668
4669 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4670 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4671 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4672 $ i = 1
4673 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4674 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4675 $ label:
4676 $ if i.eq.1
4677 $ then
4678 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4679 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4680 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4681 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4682 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4683 \"lined up with the command line\"
4684 $ type sys$input
4685 Data lines are not indented at all.
4686 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4687 $ endif
4688 $
4689 " t nil)
4690
4691 ;;;***
4692 \f
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4694 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15685 15800))
4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4696
4697 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4698
4699 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4700 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4701 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4702 of the evaluator.
4703
4704 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4705 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4706 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4709 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4710 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4712 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4713 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4714 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4715
4716 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4717 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4718 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4719
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4725
4726 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4727 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4728
4729 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4730 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4731 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4732 Upper-case letters are commands.
4733
4734 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4735 modify it.
4736
4737 The most useful commands are:
4738 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4739 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4740 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4741 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4742 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4743 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4744
4745 ;;;***
4746 \f
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4748 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4749 ;;;;;; 63268))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4751
4752 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4753 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4754
4755 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4756 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4757
4758 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4759
4760 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4761 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4762
4763 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4764
4765 ;;;***
4766 \f
4767 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4768 ;;;;;; 9207))
4769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4770
4771 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4772 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4773 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4774 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4775 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4776 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4777
4778 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4779
4780 Customization:
4781
4782 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4783 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4784 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4785 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4786 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4787 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4788 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4789 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4790 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4791 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4792 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4793 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4794 blank line.
4795 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4796 Directories to search when finding external units.
4797 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4798 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4799
4800 Coloring:
4801
4802 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4803 Face used to color delphi comments.
4804 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4805 Face used to color delphi strings.
4806 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4807 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4808 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4809 Face used to color everything else.
4810
4811 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4812 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4813
4814 ;;;***
4815 \f
4816 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4817 ;;;;;; 42199))
4818 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4819
4820 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4821
4822 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4823 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4824 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4826 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4827
4828 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4829
4830 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4831
4832 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4833 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4834 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4835 positive.
4836
4837 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4838 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4839 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4840 any selection." t nil)
4841
4842 ;;;***
4843 \f
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4845 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15644 46688))
4846 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4847
4848 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4849 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4850
4851 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4852
4853 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4854 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4855 or nil if there is no parent.
4856 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4857 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4858 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4859 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4860 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4861
4862 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4863
4864 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4865
4866 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4867 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4868 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4869
4870 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4871 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4872
4873 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4874 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4875 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4876
4877 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4878 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4879
4880 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4881 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4882 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4883 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4884 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4885
4886 ;;;***
4887 \f
4888 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
4889 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15640 49858))
4890 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4891
4892 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
4893 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
4894 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
4895 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
4896 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
4897 otherwise." t nil)
4898
4899 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
4900 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
4901 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4902 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4903 character composition information (if relevant),
4904 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties." t nil)
4905
4906 ;;;***
4907 \f
4908 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4909 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4910 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4911
4912 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4913 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4914 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4917 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4918 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4919 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4920
4921 ;;;***
4922 \f
4923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
4924 ;;;;;; 53216))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4926
4927 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4928
4929 ;;;***
4930 \f
4931 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4932 ;;;;;; (15698 64355))
4933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4934
4935 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4936 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4937 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4938 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4939 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4940
4941 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4942 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4943 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4944
4945 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4946 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4947 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4948 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4949
4950 #!/bin/sh
4951 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4952 emacs -batch \\
4953 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4954 european-calendar-style t \\
4955 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4956 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4957 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4958
4959 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4960 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4961 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4962 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4963
4964 ;;;***
4965 \f
4966 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4967 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15596 25372))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4969
4970 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4971 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4972
4973 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4974 *The command to use to run diff.")
4975
4976 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4977 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4978 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4979 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4980 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4981
4982 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4983 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4984 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4985 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4986 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4991 ;;;;;; (15669 19465))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4993
4994 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4995 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4996 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4997 normal diffs.
4998 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4999
5000 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5001 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5002 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
5003
5004 ;;;***
5005 \f
5006 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5007 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5008 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5009 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5010 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15698 64354))
5011 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5012
5013 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5014 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5015 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5016 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5017 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5018 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5019 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5020 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5021
5022 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5023 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5024
5025 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5026 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5027 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5028 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5029 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5030
5031 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5032 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5033
5034 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5035 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5036 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5037 always set this variable to t.")
5038
5039 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5040 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5041 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5042 A value of t means move to first file.")
5043
5044 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5045 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5046 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5047 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5048 are afterward marked with that character.")
5049
5050 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5051 *Controls marking of copied files.
5052 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5053 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5054
5055 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5056 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5057 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5058 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5059
5060 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5061 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5062 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5063 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5064
5065 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5066 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5067 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5068 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5069
5070 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5071
5072 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5073 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5074 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5075 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5076
5077 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5078 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5079 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5080 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5081 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5082 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5083 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5084 list of files to make directory entries for.
5085 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5086 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5087 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5088 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5089
5090 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5091 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5095 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5096
5097 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5099
5100 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5101 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5102 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5103
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5107 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5108 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5109 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5110 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5111 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5112 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5113 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5114 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5115 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5116 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5117 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5118 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5120
5121 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5122 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5123 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5124 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5125 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5126 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5127 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5128
5129 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5130 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5131 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5132 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5133 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5134 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5135
5136 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5137 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5138 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5139
5140 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5141 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5144 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5147 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5148 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5149 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5152 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5153 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5154 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5155 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5156
5157 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5158 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5159
5160 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5161 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5162 file name substituted for `?'.
5163
5164 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5165 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5166
5167 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5168 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5169 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5170 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5171
5172 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5173
5174 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5175 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5176 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5177
5178 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5179 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5180 in a subdir.
5181
5182 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5183 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5186 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5187 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5188 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5189 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5190 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5193
5194 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5195 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5196
5197 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5198 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5201 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5202
5203 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5204 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5205 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5206 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5207
5208 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5209
5210 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5211
5212 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5213
5214 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5215
5216 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5217
5218 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5219 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5220
5221 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5222 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5223 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5224 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5225 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5226 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5227 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5228 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5229 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5230
5231 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5232 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5233 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5234 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5235 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5236 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5237 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5238 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5241 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5242 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5243 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5244 and new hard links are made in that directory
5245 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5246 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5247 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5250 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5251 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5252 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5253 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5254 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5255
5256 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5257 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5258
5259 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5260 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5261 file if none are marked.
5262
5263 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5264 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5265 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5266 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5267
5268 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5269 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5272 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5273 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5274
5275 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5276 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5277 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5280 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5281 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5284 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5285
5286 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5287 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5288
5289 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5290 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5291 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5292 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5293 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5294 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5295 this subdirectory.
5296 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5299 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5300 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5301 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5302 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5303 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5304 this subdirectory.
5305 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5306
5307 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5308 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5309 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5312 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5313 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5314 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5317 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5318 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5319 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5320
5321 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5322 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5323 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5324
5325 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5326 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5329 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5330
5331 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5332 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5333 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5334 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5337 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5338 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5339 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5340
5341 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5342 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5343 Stops when a match is found.
5344 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5347 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5348 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5349 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5350 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5353 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5354 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5355 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5356
5357 ;;;***
5358 \f
5359 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5360 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5361
5362 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5363 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5364 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5365 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5366 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5367 buffer and try again." t nil)
5368
5369 ;;;***
5370 \f
5371 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5372 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5373
5374 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5375 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5376 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5377
5378 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5379
5380 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5381 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5382
5383 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5384 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5385 " nil nil)
5386
5387 ;;;***
5388 \f
5389 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5390 ;;;;;; 9615))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5392
5393 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5394 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5395 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5396 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5397 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5398 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5399
5400 ;;;***
5401 \f
5402 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5403 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5404 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5405 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5406 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5407 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5408
5409 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5410 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5411
5412 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5413 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5414 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5415 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5416 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5417
5418 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5419 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5420 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5421 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5422 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5423
5424 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5425 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5426
5427 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5428 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5431 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5432
5433 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5434 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5435
5436 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5437 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5438
5439 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5440 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5441 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5442 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5443
5444 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5445 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5446 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5447 X frame." nil nil)
5448
5449 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5450 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5451
5452 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5453 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5454
5455 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5456 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5457
5458 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5459 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5460 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5461 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5462
5463 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5464 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5465 European character display.
5466
5467 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5468 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5469 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5470 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5471
5472 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5473 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5474 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5475 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5476 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5483
5484 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5485 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5486 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5487 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5488 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5489 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5490 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5491 Default is 2." t nil)
5492
5493 ;;;***
5494 \f
5495 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5497
5498 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5499 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5500
5501 ;;;***
5502 \f
5503 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5504 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5506
5507 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5508 Toggle Double mode.
5509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5510 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5511
5512 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5513
5514 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5515
5516 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5517 Toggle Double mode.
5518 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5519
5520 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5521 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5522
5523 ;;;***
5524 \f
5525 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15651 7290))
5526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5527
5528 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5529 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5530
5531 ;;;***
5532 \f
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5534 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5536
5537 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5538 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5539
5540 ;;;***
5541 \f
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5543 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5544 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15707 34351))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5546
5547 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5548
5549 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5550 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5551 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5552 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5553
5554 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5555 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5556 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5557 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5558 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5559 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5560 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5561 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5562 used (see below).
5563
5564 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5565 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5566 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5567 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5568 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5569 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5570 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5571 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5572 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5573
5574 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5575 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5576 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5577 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5578 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5579 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5580
5581 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5582 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5583 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5584 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5585 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5586 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5587 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5588
5589 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5590
5591 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5592 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5593 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5594
5595 ;;;***
5596 \f
5597 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5598 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15656
5599 ;;;;;; 53216))
5600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5601
5602 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5603
5604 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5605 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5606 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5607 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5608
5609 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5610 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5611
5612 :filter FUNCTION
5613
5614 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5615 menu displayed.
5616
5617 :visible INCLUDE
5618
5619 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5620 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5621
5622 :active ENABLE
5623
5624 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5625 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5626
5627 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5628
5629 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5630
5631 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5632
5633 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5634 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5635
5636 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5637 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5638
5639 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5640
5641 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5642
5643 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5644
5645 :keys KEYS
5646
5647 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5648 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5649 computed automatically.
5650 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5651
5652 :key-sequence KEYS
5653
5654 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5655 menu item.
5656 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5657 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5658 keyboard equivalent.
5659
5660 :active ENABLE
5661
5662 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5663 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5664
5665 :included INCLUDE
5666
5667 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5668 expression has a non-nil value.
5669
5670 :suffix FORM
5671
5672 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5673 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5674
5675 :style STYLE
5676
5677 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5678 defined:
5679
5680 toggle: A checkbox.
5681 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5682 radio: A radio button.
5683 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5684 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5685 menu bar itself.
5686 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5687
5688 :selected SELECTED
5689
5690 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5692
5693 :help HELP
5694
5695 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5696
5697 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5698 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5699 as a solid horizontal line.
5700
5701 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5702
5703 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5704
5705 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5706 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5707 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5708 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5711 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5712 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5713 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5714 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5715 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5716
5717 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5718 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5719 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5720
5721 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5722 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5723
5724 ;;;***
5725 \f
5726 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5727 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5728 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5729 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5730 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5732
5733 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5734 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5737 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5738
5739 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5740 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5741 it to the printer.
5742
5743 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5744 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5745 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5746 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5749 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5750 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5751
5752 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5753 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5754 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5755 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5756
5757 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5758
5759 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5760 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5761 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5762
5763 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5766 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5767
5768 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5769 The EPS file name has the following form:
5770
5771 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5772
5773 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5774 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5775
5776 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5777 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5778 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5779 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5780
5781 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5784 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5785
5786 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5787 The EPS file name has the following form:
5788
5789 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5790
5791 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5792 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5793
5794 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5795 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5796 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5797 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5798
5799 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5800
5801 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5802
5803 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5804 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5807 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5810 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5813 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5814
5815 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5816 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5819 Set STYLE to current style.
5820
5821 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5824 Reset current style.
5825
5826 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5829 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5830
5831 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5832
5833 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5834 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5835
5836 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5841 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5842 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5843 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5844 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5845 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15664 47250))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5847
5848 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5849 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5850 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5851 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5852 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5853 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5854
5855 Tree mode key bindings:
5856 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5859 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5860
5861 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5862 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5863 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5864 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5865 completion." t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5868 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5869 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5870 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5871
5872 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5873 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5874 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5877 Search for call sites of a member.
5878 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5879 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5880 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5881 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5882
5883 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5884 Move backward in the position stack.
5885 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5886
5887 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5888 Move forward in the position stack.
5889 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5892 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5895 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5898 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5899 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5900 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5901
5902 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5903 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5908 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5910
5911 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5912 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5913 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5914 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5915
5916 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5917 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5918 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5919
5920 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5921 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5922 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5923
5924 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5925
5926 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5927
5928 ;;;***
5929 \f
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5931 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5933
5934 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5935 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5936 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5937
5938 ;;;***
5939 \f
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5941 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15698 64355))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5943
5944 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5945 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5946 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5947 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5948 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5949
5950 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5951 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5952 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5953 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5954
5955 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5956 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5957 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5958 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5959
5960 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5961 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5962 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5963 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5964
5965 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5966
5967 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5968 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
5969 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
5970 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
5971 using `eval-expression' (which see).
5972
5973 If you do this on a function definition
5974 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
5975 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
5976 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
5977 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
5978
5979 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
5980 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
5981 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
5982 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
5983 already is one.)" t nil)
5984
5985 ;;;***
5986 \f
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5988 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5989 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5990 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5991 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5992 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5993 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5994 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5995 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
5996 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15689 46993))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5998
5999 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6000 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
6001
6002 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6003 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
6004
6005 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6006
6007 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6008
6009 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6010 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6011 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6012 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original." t nil)
6013
6014 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6015 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
6016
6017 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6018
6019 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6020 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
6021
6022 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6023
6024 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6025 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6026 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6027 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6028
6029 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6030
6031 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6032 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6033 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6034 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6035
6036 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6037
6038 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6039 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6040 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
6041 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6042
6043 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6044
6045 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6046 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6047 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6048 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6049
6050 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6051
6052 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6053 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6054 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6055 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6056 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
6057 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6060 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6061 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6062 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6063
6064 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6065
6066 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6067 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6068 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6069 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6070
6071 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6072
6073 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6074
6075 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6076 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6077 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6078 follows:
6079 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6080 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6083 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6084 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6085 follows:
6086 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6087 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6088
6089 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6090 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6091 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6092 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6093 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6094 region.
6095 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6096 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6099 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6100 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6101 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6102 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6103 region.
6104 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6105 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6106 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6107
6108 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6109
6110 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6111 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6112
6113 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6114 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6115
6116 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6117
6118 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6119 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6122 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6123
6124 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6125 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6126 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6127 buffer." t nil)
6128
6129 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6130 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6131 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6132 buffer." t nil)
6133
6134 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6135 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6136 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6137 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6138
6139 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6140 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6141 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6142 and don't ask the user.
6143 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6144 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6145
6146 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6147 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6148 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6149 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6150 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6151 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6152
6153 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6154
6155 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6156
6157 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6158 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6159 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6160 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6161 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6162
6163 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6164
6165 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6166 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6167 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6168
6169 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6170 Display Ediff's manual.
6171 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6172
6173 ;;;***
6174 \f
6175 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6176 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6178
6179 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6180
6181 ;;;***
6182 \f
6183 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6184 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6186
6187 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6188 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6189
6190 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6191
6192 ;;;***
6193 \f
6194 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6195 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15698 64354))
6196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6197
6198 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6199 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6200 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6201 which see." t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6204 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6205 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6206 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6207
6208 ;;;***
6209 \f
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6211 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6212 ;;;;;; (15714 4504))
6213 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6214
6215 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6216 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6217 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6218
6219 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6220 Edit a keyboard macro.
6221 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6222 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6223 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6224 its command name.
6225 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6228 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6231 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6234 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6235 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6236 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6237 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6238 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6239
6240 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6241 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6242 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6243 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6246 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6247 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6248 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6249 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6250 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6251
6252 ;;;***
6253 \f
6254 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6255 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15640 49861))
6256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6257
6258 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6259 Set scroll margins.
6260 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6261 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6262
6263 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6264 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6269 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6271
6272 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6273 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6274 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6275 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6276 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6277 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6278 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6279 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6280
6281 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6282 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6283
6284 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6285 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6286 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6287 this value is non-nil.
6288
6289 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6290 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6291 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6292
6293 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6294 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6295 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6296
6297 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6298
6299 ;;;***
6300 \f
6301 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6302 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6304
6305 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6306 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6307
6308 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6309 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6310 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6311
6312 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6313 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6314 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6315 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6316 from the documentation string if possible.
6317
6318 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6319 instead.
6320
6321 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6322
6323 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6324 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6325
6326 ;;;***
6327 \f
6328 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15707
6329 ;;;;;; 34351))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6331
6332 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6333 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6334
6335 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6336 an elided material again.
6337
6338 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6339
6340 ;;;***
6341 \f
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6343 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6345
6346 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6347 Initialize elint." t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6352 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6353 ;;;;;; 37958))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6355
6356 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6357 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6358 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6359
6360 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6361 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6362 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6363
6364 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6365 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6366 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6367
6368 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6371 Display current profiling results.
6372 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6373 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6374 displayed." t nil)
6375
6376 ;;;***
6377 \f
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6379 ;;;;;; (15672 42728))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6381
6382 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6383 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6384 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6385
6386 ;;;***
6387 \f
6388 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6389 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6390 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6391 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6392 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6394
6395 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6396
6397 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6398
6399 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6400
6401 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6402
6403 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6404
6405 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6406
6407 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6408
6409 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6410
6411 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6412
6413 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6414 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6415
6416 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6417 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6418
6419 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6420 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6421
6422 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6423 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6424
6425 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6426
6427 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6428
6429 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6430
6431 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6432
6433 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6434 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6435
6436 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6437 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6438
6439 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6440
6441 ;;;***
6442 \f
6443 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6444 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6446
6447 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6448 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6449 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6451 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6452
6453 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6454
6455 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6456
6457 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6458 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6459 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6460
6461 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6462 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6463 automatically.
6464
6465 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6466 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6467 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6468
6469 ;;;***
6470 \f
6471 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6472 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6474
6475 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6476 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6477 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6478 text/enriched format.
6479 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6480
6481 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6482 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6483
6484 Commands:
6485
6486 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6487
6488 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6489
6490 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493 \f
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15623
6495 ;;;;;; 551))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6497
6498 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6499 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6500
6501 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6502
6503 ;;;***
6504 \f
6505 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6506 ;;;;;; 10698))
6507 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6508
6509 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6510 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6511
6512 ;;;***
6513 \f
6514 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6515 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15683 14756))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6517
6518 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6519 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6520 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6521 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6522 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6523 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
6524 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
6525 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
6526 buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6529 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6530 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6531
6532 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6533 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6534 The result might be any Lisp object.
6535 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6536 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6537 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6540 Report a bug in Eshell.
6541 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6542 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6543
6544 ;;;***
6545 \f
6546 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6547 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6548 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6549 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6550 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6551 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6552 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
6553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6554
6555 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6556 *File name of tags table.
6557 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6558 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6559 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6560 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6561
6562 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6563 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6564 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6565 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6566
6567 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6568 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6569 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6570 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6571 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6572 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6573
6574 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6575 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6576 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6577 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6578 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6579 `auto-compression-mode').")
6580
6581 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6582 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6583 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6584 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6585 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6586
6587 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6588 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6589 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6590 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6591
6592 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6593 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6594 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6595 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6596 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6597
6598 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6599 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6600 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6601 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6602
6603 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6604 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6605 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6606 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6607 file the tag was in." t nil)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6610 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6611 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6612 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6613 without directory names." nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6617 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6618 but does not select the buffer.
6619 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6620
6621 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6622 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6623 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6624 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6625 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6626
6627 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6628
6629 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6630 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6631 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6632
6633 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6636 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6637 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6638 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6639
6640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6643 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6644 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6645
6646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6647
6648 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6651
6652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6653 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6654
6655 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6656 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6657 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6658 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6659 around or before point.
6660
6661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6664 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6665 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6666
6667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6668
6669 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6672
6673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6674 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6677 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6678 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6679 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6680 around or before point.
6681
6682 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6683 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6684 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6685 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6686 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6687
6688 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6689
6690 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6691 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6692 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6693
6694 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6695 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6696
6697 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6698 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6699 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6700
6701 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6702 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6703 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6704 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6705 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6706
6707 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6708
6709 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6710 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6711 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6712
6713 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6714 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6715 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6718 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6719
6720 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6721 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6722 where they were found." t nil)
6723
6724 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6725 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6726
6727 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6728 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6729 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6730
6731 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6732 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6733
6734 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6735 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6738 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6739 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6740 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6741
6742 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6743 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6744 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6745 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6746 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6747 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6748
6749 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6750 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6751 Stops when a match is found.
6752 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6753
6754 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6755
6756 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6757 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6758 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6759 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6760 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6761
6762 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6763
6764 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6765 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6766 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6767 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6768 directory specification." t nil)
6769
6770 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6771 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6772
6773 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6774 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6775 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6776 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6777
6778 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6779 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6780 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6781 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6782 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6783
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6787 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6788 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6789 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6790 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6791 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6792 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6793 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15707 34351))
6794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6795
6796 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6797
6798 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6799 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6801 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6802
6803 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6804 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6805 language.
6806
6807 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6808 even if the buffer is read-only.
6809
6810 See also the descriptions of the variables
6811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6812 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6815 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6816
6817 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6818 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6819
6820 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6821 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6822 language.
6823
6824 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6825 buffer is read-only.
6826
6827 See also the descriptions of the variables
6828 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6829 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6830
6831 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6832 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6833 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6836 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6837
6838 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6839 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6840
6841 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6842 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6843
6844 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6845 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6846 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6847 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6850 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6851 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6852 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6853
6854 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6855 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6856 the primary language.
6857
6858 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6859 buffer is read-only.
6860
6861 See also the descriptions of the variables
6862 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6863 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6864
6865 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6866 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6867 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6868 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6869
6870 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6871 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6872 primary language.
6873
6874 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6875 buffer is read-only.
6876
6877 See also the descriptions of the variables
6878 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6879 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6880
6881 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6882 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6883 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6884
6885 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6886 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6887
6888 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6889 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6890 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6891 3) convert the body into SERA.
6892
6893 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6894
6895 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6896 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6897 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6900 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6901
6902 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6903 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6904
6905 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6906 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6907 be 1, 2, or 3.
6908
6909 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6910 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6911 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6912
6913 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6914
6915 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6916 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6917
6918 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6919 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6920 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6921
6922 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6923 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6926 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6927
6928 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6929 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6930
6931 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6932 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6933
6934 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6935 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6936
6937 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6938 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6939
6940 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6941 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6942
6943 ;;;***
6944 \f
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6946 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6947 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6949
6950 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6951 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6952 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6953 server for future sessions." t nil)
6954
6955 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6956 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6957
6958 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6959 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6960
6961 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6962 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6963 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6964 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6965 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6966 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6967 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6968 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6969 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6970 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6971 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6972 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6973
6974 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6975 Display a form to query the directory server.
6976 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6977 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6978
6979 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6980 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6981 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6982
6983 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6984
6985 ;;;***
6986 \f
6987 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6988 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6989 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6991
6992 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6993 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6994
6995 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6996 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6997
6998 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6999 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
7000
7001 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
7002 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
7003
7004 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
7005 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
7008 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
7009
7010 ;;;***
7011 \f
7012 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
7013 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
7015
7016 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
7017 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
7018 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
7021 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
7022
7023 ;;;***
7024 \f
7025 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
7026 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
7027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
7028
7029 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
7030 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
7031
7032 ;;;***
7033 \f
7034 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
7035 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
7036 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
7037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
7038
7039 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
7040 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
7041 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
7042
7043 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
7044 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
7045 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
7046 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
7047 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
7048 executable." t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
7051 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
7052 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
7053
7054 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
7055 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
7056 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
7057 file modes." nil nil)
7058
7059 ;;;***
7060 \f
7061 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
7062 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
7063 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
7064
7065 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
7066 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7067 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7068 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7069
7070 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7071
7072 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7073 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7074 to generate such functions.
7075
7076 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7077 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7078 beginning of the expanded text.
7079
7080 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7081 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7082 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7083 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7084
7085 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
7086
7087 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7088 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7089 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7090
7091 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7092 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7093 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7094 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7095 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7096
7097 ;;;***
7098 \f
7099 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15698 64355))
7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7101
7102 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7103 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7104
7105 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7106 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7107 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7108
7109 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7110
7111 Key definitions:
7112 \\{f90-mode-map}
7113
7114 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7115
7116 `f90-do-indent'
7117 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7118 `f90-if-indent'
7119 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7120 `f90-type-indent'
7121 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7122 `f90-program-indent'
7123 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7124 (default 2).
7125 `f90-continuation-indent'
7126 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7127 `f90-comment-region'
7128 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7129 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7130 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7131 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7132 (default \"!\").
7133 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7134 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7135 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7136 `f90-break-delimiters'
7137 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7138 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7139 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7140 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7141 (default t).
7142 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7143 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7144 `f90-smart-end'
7145 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7146 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7147 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7148 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7149 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7150 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7151 `f90-leave-line-no'
7152 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7153 `f90-keywords-re'
7154 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7155
7156 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7157 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7158
7159 ;;;***
7160 \f
7161 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7162 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7163 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7164 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7165 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15657 51987))
7166 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7167 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7168 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7169
7170 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7171 Menu keymap for faces.")
7172
7173 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7174
7175 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7176 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7177
7178 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7179
7180 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7181 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7182
7183 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7184
7185 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7186 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7187
7188 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7189
7190 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7191 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7192
7193 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7194
7195 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7196 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7197
7198 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7199
7200 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7201 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7202
7203 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7204
7205 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7206
7207 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7208
7209 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7210
7211 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7212 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7213 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7214 will not show through at all will be removed.
7215
7216 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7217
7218 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7219 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7220 requested face.
7221
7222 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7223 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7224 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7227 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7228 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7229
7230 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7231 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7232 requested face.
7233
7234 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7235 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7236 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7239 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7240 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7241
7242 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7243 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7244 requested face.
7245
7246 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7247 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7248 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7251 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7252 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7253 is the menu item's name.
7254
7255 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7256 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7257 requested face.
7258
7259 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7260 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7261 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7262
7263 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7264 Make the region invisible.
7265 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7266 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7269 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7270 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7271 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7274 Make the region unmodifiable.
7275 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7276 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7279 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7282 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7285 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7286 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7289 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7290
7291 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7292 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7293 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7294 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7295 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7296
7297 ;;;***
7298 \f
7299 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7300 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7301 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7302
7303 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7304 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7305 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7306 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7307
7308 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7309
7310 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7311 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7312 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7313
7314 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7315 - When you save the file's buffer.
7316 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7317 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7318 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7319 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7320
7321 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7322
7323 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7324 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7325 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7326 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7329 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7330
7331 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7332
7333 ;;;***
7334 \f
7335 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7336 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7337 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7339
7340 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7341 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7342 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7343 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7346 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7349 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7350 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7351 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7354 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7355 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7356 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7357 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7360 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7361 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7362 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7363 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7364 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7365 internally by feedmail):
7366
7367 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7368 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7369 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7370 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7371
7372 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7373 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7374 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7375 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7376 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7377
7378 ;;;***
7379 \f
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7381 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7383
7384 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7385 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7386 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7387 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7388 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7389 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7390 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7393 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7394 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7395 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7396 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7397 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7398 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7399
7400 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7401
7402 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7403
7404 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7405 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7406 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7407 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7408 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7409 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7412 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7413 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7414 Return value:
7415 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7416 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7417 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7420 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7423 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7424
7425 ;;;***
7426 \f
7427 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7428 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7429 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7430
7431 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7432 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7433 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7434 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7435 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7436 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7437 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7438 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7439 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7440 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7441
7442 ;;;***
7443 \f
7444 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7445 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7446 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7447
7448 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7449 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7450 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7451 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7452 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7453
7454 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7455 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7456 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7457 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7458
7459 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7460 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7461 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7462
7463 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7464
7465 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7466 as the final argument." t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7469 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7470 and run dired on those files.
7471 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7472 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7473
7474 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7475
7476 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7477 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7478 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7479
7480 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7481
7482 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7487 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7488 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7489 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7490
7491 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7492 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7493 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7494
7495 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7498 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7499 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7500
7501 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7502 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7503
7504 Variables of interest include:
7505
7506 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7507 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7508 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7509
7510 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7511 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7512 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7513
7514 - `ff-ignore-include'
7515 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7516
7517 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7518 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7519
7520 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7521 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7522
7523 - `ff-special-constructs'
7524 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7525 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7526 extracting the filename from that construct.
7527
7528 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7529 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7530
7531 - `ff-search-directories'
7532 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7533 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7534
7535 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7536 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7537
7538 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7539 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7540
7541 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7542 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7543
7544 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7545 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7546
7547 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7548 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7549
7550 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7551 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7554 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7555
7556 ;;;***
7557 \f
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7559 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7560 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7561 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7562 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15707 34351))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7565
7566 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7567 Search for SYMBOL.
7568 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7569 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7570
7571 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7572 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7573
7574 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7575 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7576 not selected.
7577
7578 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7579 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7580 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7581
7582 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7583 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7584
7585 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7586 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7587 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7588 it is one of the current buffers.
7589
7590 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7591 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7592 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7593
7594 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7595 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7596
7597 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7598
7599 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7600 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7601
7602 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7605 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7606
7607 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7608 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7609 not selected.
7610
7611 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7612 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7613
7614 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7615 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7616
7617 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7618 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7619 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7620 it is one of the current buffers.
7621
7622 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7623 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7624 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7625
7626 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7627 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7628
7629 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7630
7631 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7632 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7633
7634 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7635
7636 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7637 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7638 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7641 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7642
7643 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7644 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7645
7646 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7647 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7648
7649 ;;;***
7650 \f
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7652 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7654
7655 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7656 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7657
7658 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7659 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7660
7661 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7662 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7667 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7669
7670 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7671 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7672
7673 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7674 Display FILE's commentary section.
7675 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7676
7677 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7678 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7679
7680 ;;;***
7681 \f
7682 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7683 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7685
7686 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7687 Toggle flow control handling.
7688 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7689 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7690
7691 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7692 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7693 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7694 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7695 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7696 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7697
7698 ;;;***
7699 \f
7700 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7701 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7702 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7703 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7704
7705 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7706 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7707 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7708
7709 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7710 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7711
7712 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7713
7714 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7715
7716 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7717 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7718 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7719 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7720 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7721 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7722
7723 Bindings:
7724 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7725 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7726 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7727
7728 Hooks:
7729 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7730
7731 Remark:
7732 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7733 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7734 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7735
7736 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7737 consider adding:
7738 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7739 in your .emacs file.
7740
7741 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7742 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7743
7744 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7745
7746 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7747 The flyspell version" t nil)
7748
7749 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7750 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7751
7752 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7753 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7754
7755 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7756 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7757
7758 ;;;***
7759 \f
7760 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7761 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7762 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7763 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7764
7765 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7766 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7769 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7770
7771 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7772 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7773
7774 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7775 of two major techniques:
7776
7777 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7778 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7779 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7780
7781 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7782 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7783 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7784 movement commands.
7785
7786 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7787 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7788 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7789 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7790 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7791 mileage may vary).
7792
7793 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7794 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7795
7796 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7797
7798 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7799 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7800 \(This is the default.)
7801
7802 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7803 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7804
7805 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7806 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7807
7808 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7809 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7810
7811 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7812 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7813 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7814 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7815 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7816 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7817
7818 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7819 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7820 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7821
7822 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7823 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7824 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7825
7826 ;;;***
7827 \f
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
7829 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15657
7830 ;;;;;; 51987))
7831 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7832
7833 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7834 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7835 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7836 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7837 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7838 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7839 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7840 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7841 end of the current highlighting list.
7842
7843 For example:
7844
7845 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7846 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7847 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7848
7849 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7850 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7851
7852 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7853 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7854 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7855
7856 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7857 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7858 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7859
7860 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7861 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7862
7863 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7864 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7865
7866 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7867 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7868 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7869
7870 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7871 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7872
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7876 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7878
7879 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7880 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7881 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7882 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7883 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7884
7885 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7886 compatibility.
7887
7888 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7889 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7890
7891 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7892
7893 ;;;***
7894 \f
7895 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7896 ;;;;;; 11333))
7897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7898
7899 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7900 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7901 \\<message-mode-map>
7902 key binding
7903 --- -------
7904
7905 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7906 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7907 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7908 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7909 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7910 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7911 " t nil)
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7916 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7918
7919 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7920 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7921
7922 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7923 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7924 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7925 C-c < forms-first-record <
7926 C-c > forms-last-record >
7927 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7928 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7929 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7930 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7931 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7932 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7933 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7934 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7935 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7936 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7937 " t nil)
7938
7939 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7940 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7943 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7944
7945 ;;;***
7946 \f
7947 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7948 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15590 49021))
7949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7950
7951 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7952 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7953 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7954 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7955 with a character in column 6.")
7956
7957 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7958 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7959 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7960 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7961
7962 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7963 Fortran keywords.
7964
7965 Key definitions:
7966 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7967
7968 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7969
7970 `comment-start'
7971 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7972 set this to the string \"!\".
7973 `fortran-do-indent'
7974 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7975 `fortran-if-indent'
7976 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7977 `fortran-structure-indent'
7978 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7979 (default 3)
7980 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7981 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7982 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7983 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7984 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7985 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7986 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7987 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7988 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7989 (for TAB format continuation style).
7990 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7991 indentation for a line of code.
7992 (default 'fixed)
7993 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7994 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7995 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7996 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7997 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7998 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7999 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
8000 `fortran-line-number-indent'
8001 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
8002 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
8003 column 5. (default 1)
8004 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
8005 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
8006 statements. (default nil)
8007 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
8008 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
8009 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
8010 statement. (default nil)
8011 `fortran-continuation-string'
8012 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
8013 line. (default \"$\")
8014 `fortran-comment-region'
8015 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8016 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8017 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8018 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8019 as typed. (default t)
8020 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8021 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8022 (default t)
8023
8024 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8025 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8026
8027 ;;;***
8028 \f
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8030 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8032
8033 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8034 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8035
8036 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8037 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8040 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8041
8042 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8043 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8046 Compile fortune file.
8047
8048 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8049 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8052 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8053
8054 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8055 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8056 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8057 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8058
8059 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8060 Display a fortune cookie.
8061
8062 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8063 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8064 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8065 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8066
8067 ;;;***
8068 \f
8069 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
8070 ;;;;;; (15601 35587))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
8072
8073 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
8074 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
8075 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8076 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8077 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8078 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8079 specified, the user is queried.
8080 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
8081 future.
8082 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
8083 see `set-fringe-style'." t nil)
8084
8085 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
8086 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
8087 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8088 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8089 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8090 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8091 specified, the user is queried.
8092 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'." t nil)
8093
8094 ;;;***
8095 \f
8096 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8097 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8099
8100 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8101 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8102
8103 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8104 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8105
8106 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8107 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8108 function.
8109
8110 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8111 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8112 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8113 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8114 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8115 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8116
8117 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8118 Each keyword should be a string.
8119
8120 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8121 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8122
8123 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8124 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8125 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8126
8127 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8128
8129 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8130
8131 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8132 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8133 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8134 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8135
8136 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8137 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8138
8139 ;;;***
8140 \f
8141 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8142 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8144
8145 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8146 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8147 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8148 at places they belong to." t nil)
8149
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8153 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8155
8156 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8157 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8160 Read network news.
8161 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8162 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8163 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8164 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8165 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8168 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8169
8170 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8171 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8172
8173 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8174 Read network news.
8175 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8176 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8177 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8178
8179 ;;;***
8180 \f
8181 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8182 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8185
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8187 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8190 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8193 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8194 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8195 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8196
8197 \(gnus-agentize)
8198
8199 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8200 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8201 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8202
8203 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8204 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8205
8206 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8211 ;;;;;; (15714 3658))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8213
8214 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8215 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8216
8217 ;;;***
8218 \f
8219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8220 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8222
8223 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8224 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8225
8226 ;;;***
8227 \f
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8229 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8230 ;;;;;; 14811))
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8232
8233 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8234 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8235
8236 Usage:
8237 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8240 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8243 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8244
8245 ;;;***
8246 \f
8247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8248 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8250
8251 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8252 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8253 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8256 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8257
8258 ;;;***
8259 \f
8260 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8261 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8263
8264 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8265
8266 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8267 Run batched scoring.
8268 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8269
8270 ;;;***
8271 \f
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8273 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8275
8276 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8277
8278 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8279 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8280
8281 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8282
8283 ;;;***
8284 \f
8285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8286 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8287 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8289
8290 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8291 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8292 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8293 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8294 group parameters.
8295
8296 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8297 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8298 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8299 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8300
8301 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8302 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8303 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8304 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8305 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8306 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8307 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8308 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8309 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8310 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8313 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8314 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8315
8316 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8317 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8320 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8321 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8322
8323 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8324
8325 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8326 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8327 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8328
8329 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8330
8331 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8332 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8333 existing groups are considered.
8334
8335 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8336 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8337 returned.
8338
8339 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8340 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8341 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8342 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8343 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8344 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8345 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8346 clauses will be generated.
8347
8348 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8349 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8350 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8351 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8352 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8353 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8354
8355 For example, given the following group parameters:
8356
8357 nnml:mail.bar:
8358 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8359 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8360 nnml:mail.foo:
8361 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8362 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8363 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8364 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8365 nnml:mail.others:
8366 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8367
8368 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8369
8370 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8371 \"mail.bar\")
8372 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8373 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8374 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8375
8376 ;;;***
8377 \f
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8379 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8381
8382 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8383 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8384 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8385
8386 ;;;***
8387 \f
8388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8389 ;;;;;; 47364))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8391
8392 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8393 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8394 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8395 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8396
8397 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8398
8399 ;;;***
8400 \f
8401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8402 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8404
8405 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8406 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8407 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8408 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8409 part is ignored.
8410
8411 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8412 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8413 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8414
8415 ;;;***
8416 \f
8417 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8418 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8420
8421 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8422 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8423 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8424 for matching on group names.
8425
8426 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8427 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8428
8429 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8430
8431 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8432
8433 ;;;***
8434 \f
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8436 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8438
8439 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8440 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8441
8442 ;;;***
8443 \f
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8445 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15651 7289))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8447
8448 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8449 Unload all Gnus features.
8450 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8451 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8452 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8453
8454 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8455 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8456
8457 ;;;***
8458 \f
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8460 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8462
8463 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8464 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8465
8466 ;;;***
8467 \f
8468 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8470
8471 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8472 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8473
8474 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8475 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8476 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8477
8478 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8479 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8480 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8481
8482 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8483 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8484
8485 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8486 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8487
8488 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8489
8490 ;;;***
8491 \f
8492 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8493 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8495
8496 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8497 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8498 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8499 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8500 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8503 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8504 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8505 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8506 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8509 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8510 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8511 or to send e-mail.
8512 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8513
8514 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8515 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8516
8517 ;;;***
8518 \f
8519 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8521
8522 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8523 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8524 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8525 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8526 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8527
8528 ;;;***
8529 \f
8530 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8531 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8533
8534 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8535 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8536 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8537 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8540 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8541 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8542 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8545 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8546 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8547 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8548
8549 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8550 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8551 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8552 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8553
8554 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8555 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8558 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8559 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8560 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8563 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8564 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8565 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8566
8567 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8568 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8569 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8570 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8571 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8572
8573 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8574 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8575 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8576 original source file access method.
8577
8578 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8579 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8580 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8581
8582 ;;;***
8583 \f
8584 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
8585 ;;;;;; 64724))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8587
8588 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8589 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8590 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8591 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8592
8593 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8594 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8595 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8596 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8597
8598 ;;;***
8599 \f
8600 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8601 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8603
8604 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8605 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8608 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8609 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8610 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8611
8612 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8615 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8616 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8617 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8618 to be updated." t nil)
8619
8620 ;;;***
8621 \f
8622 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8623 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8624 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15713 28690))
8625 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8626
8627 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8628 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8629 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8630 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8631 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8632 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8635 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8636 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
8637 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8638 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8639 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8640
8641 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8642 is used instead of `load-path'.
8643
8644 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8645 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8646 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8649 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8654 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8655 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8656
8657 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8658 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8659 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8660 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8661 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8662
8663 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8664 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8665 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8666 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8669 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8670 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8671
8672 ;;;***
8673 \f
8674 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8675 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8676 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8677
8678 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8679 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8680 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8681 and window listing and describing the options.
8682 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8683 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8684
8685 ;;;***
8686 \f
8687 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8688 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8689 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15669 19465))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8691
8692 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8693 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8694 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8695 Commands:
8696 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8697
8698 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8699
8700 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8701
8702 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8703 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8704
8705 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8706 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8707 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8708 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8709
8710 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8711 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8712 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8715 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8716
8717 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
8718 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
8719 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
8720 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
8721 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8722
8723 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8724 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8725 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8726 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8727
8728 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8729 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8730 that." t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8733 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8734 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8735 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8736 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8737 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8738
8739 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8740 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8741 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8742 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8743 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8744
8745 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8746 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8747
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8753
8754 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8755 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8756
8757 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8758 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8759
8760 ;;;***
8761 \f
8762 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8763 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15661 53042))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8765
8766 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8767 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8768 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8769 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8770 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8771
8772 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8773 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8774
8775 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8776 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8777 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8778 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8779
8780 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8781 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8782 periods.
8783
8784 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8785 in hexl format.
8786
8787 A sample format:
8788
8789 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8790 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8791 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8792 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8793 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8794 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8795 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8796 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8797 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8798 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8799 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8800 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8801 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8802 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8803 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8804
8805 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8806 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8807 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8808
8809 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8810 also supported.
8811
8812 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8813
8814 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8815 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8816 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8817
8818 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8819 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8820 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8821
8822 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8823 into the buffer at the current point.
8824
8825 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8826 into the buffer at the current point.
8827
8828 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8829 into the buffer at the current point.
8830
8831 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8832
8833 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8834 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8835
8836 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8837
8838 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8839
8840 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8841 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8842 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8843
8844 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8845 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8846 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8851 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8852 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8853 ;;;;;; 60623))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8855
8856 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8857
8858 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8859 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8860
8861 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8862
8863 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8864
8865 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8866 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8867
8868 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8869 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8870 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8871 which can be called interactively, are:
8872
8873 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8874 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8875
8876 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8877 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8878 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8879 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8880
8881 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8882 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8883
8884 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8885 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8886
8887 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8888 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8889 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8890 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8891 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8892 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8893
8894 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8895 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8896
8897 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8898 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8899 Hi-lock: FOO
8900 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8901 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8902 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8903 will be read until
8904 Hi-lock: end
8905 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8906
8907 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8908
8909 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8910 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8911
8912 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8913 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8914 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8915 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8916
8917 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8918
8919 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8920 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8921
8922 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8923 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8924 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8925 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8926
8927 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8928
8929 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8930 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8931
8932 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8933 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8934
8935 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8936
8937 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8938 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8939
8940 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8941 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8942 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8943 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8944 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8945
8946 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8947 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8948
8949 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8950 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8951 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8952
8953 ;;;***
8954 \f
8955 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8956 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8958
8959 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8960 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8961 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8962 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8963 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8964 how the hiding is done:
8965
8966 `hide-ifdef-env'
8967 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8968 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8969 is used.
8970
8971 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8972 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8973 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8974 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8975 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8976
8977 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8978 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8979 #endif lines when hiding.
8980
8981 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8982 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8983 is activated.
8984
8985 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8986 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8987 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8988
8989 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8990
8991 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8992 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8993
8994 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8995 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8996
8997 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8998 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8999
9000 ;;;***
9001 \f
9002 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
9003 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 64724))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
9005
9006 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
9007 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
9008
9009 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
9010 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
9011 Each element has the form
9012 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
9013
9014 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
9015 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
9016
9017 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
9018 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
9019
9020 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
9021 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
9022 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
9023 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
9024 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
9025
9026 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
9027 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9028
9029 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9030 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9031
9032 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9033 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9034 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9035
9036 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9037 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9038 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9039 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9040 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9041 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9042
9043 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9044 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9045 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9046
9047 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9048 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9049
9050 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9051
9052 Key bindings:
9053 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9054
9055 ;;;***
9056 \f
9057 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9058 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9059 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9060 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 56033))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9062
9063 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9064
9065 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9066 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9067 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9068
9069 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9070 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9071
9072 Without an argument:
9073 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9074 or passive state as determined by the variable
9075 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9076 and passive state.
9077
9078 With an argument ARG:
9079 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9080 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9081 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9082
9083 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9084 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9085 not displayed in a different face.
9086
9087 Functions:
9088 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9089 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9090 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9091 buffer with the contents of a file
9092 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9093 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9094 various faces.
9095
9096 Hook variables:
9097 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9098 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9099 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9100
9101 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9102 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9105 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9106
9107 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9108 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9109
9110 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9111 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9112 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9113 shown in the last face in the list.
9114
9115 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9116 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9117 buffer to be saved):
9118
9119 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9120
9121 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9122 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9123
9124 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9125 and must not be read-only.
9126
9127 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9128 this function is called interactively.
9129
9130 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9131 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9132 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9133
9134 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9135 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9136 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9137
9138 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9139 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9140
9141 When called interactively:
9142 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9143 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9144 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9145 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9146
9147 When called from a program:
9148 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9149 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9150 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9151 - otherwise just turn it on
9152
9153 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9154 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9155 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9156 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9157
9158 ;;;***
9159 \f
9160 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9161 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9162 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9163 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9164 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9166
9167 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9168 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9169 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9170 or insert functions in this list.")
9171
9172 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9173 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9174
9175 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9176 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9177
9178 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9179 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9180
9181 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9182 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9183
9184 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9185 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9186 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9187
9188 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9189 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9190 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9191 \(as atoms)")
9192
9193 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9194 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9195 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9196 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9197 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9198
9199 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9200 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9201 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9202 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9203 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9204 expansions.
9205 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9206 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9207 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9210 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9211 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9212 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9217 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9219
9220 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9221 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9222 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9223 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9224 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9225
9226 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9227 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9228 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9230 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9231
9232 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9233
9234 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9235
9236 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9237 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9238 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9239 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9240 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9245 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9247
9248 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9249 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9250 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9251
9252 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9253
9254 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9255 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9256
9257 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9258 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9259
9260 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9265 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9267
9268 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9269 This function is obsolete.
9270 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9271 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9272
9273 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9274 This function is obsolete.
9275 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9276 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9277
9278 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9279 This function is obsolete.
9280 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9281 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9282
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9286 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9287 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9288 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9289 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9290 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9291 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9292 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9293 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9294 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9295 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9296 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9297 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9298 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9299 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9300 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9301 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9302 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9303 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9304 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9305 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9306 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15712 9990))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9308
9309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9310 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9311 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9312
9313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9314 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9317 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9318
9319 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9320 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9321
9322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9323 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9324
9325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9326 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9327
9328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9329 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9330 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9331 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9332 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9333 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9334 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9335 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9336 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9337 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9338 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9339 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9340 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9341
9342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9343
9344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9345 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9348 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9351 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9352
9353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9354 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9355
9356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9357 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9358
9359 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9360 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9361
9362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9363 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9364 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9367 Kill the filter group at point.
9368 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9369
9370 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9371 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9372
9373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9374 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9375
9376 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9377 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9378 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9379 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9382 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9383 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9384
9385 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9386 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9387 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9388 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9389 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9392 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9396
9397 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9398 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9399
9400 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9401 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9402 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9403
9404 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9405 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9406
9407 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9408 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9409
9410 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9411 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9412 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9413 filter into parts." t nil)
9414
9415 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9416 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9417 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9420 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9423 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9424
9425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9426 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9427 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9428 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9429 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9430 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9431 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9432 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9433 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9434 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9435 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9436 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9437
9438 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9439 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9440 Default sorting modes are:
9441 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9442 Name - the name of the buffer
9443 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9444 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9445
9446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9447 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9448 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9449 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9450 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9451 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9452
9453 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9454 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9455
9456 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9457 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9458 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9459 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9460
9461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9462 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9463 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9464 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9465
9466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9467 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9468
9469 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9470 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9471
9472 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9473 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9474
9475 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9476 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9477
9478 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9479 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9480
9481 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9482 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9485 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9486
9487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9488 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9489 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9490
9491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9492 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9493 The names are separated by a space.
9494 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9495 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9496
9497 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9498
9499 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9500 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9501
9502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9503 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9504
9505 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9506 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9507
9508 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9509 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9510
9511 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9512 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9513
9514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9515 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9516
9517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9518 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9519
9520 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9521 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9522
9523 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9524 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9527 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9530 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9531
9532 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9533 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9534
9535 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9536 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9537
9538 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9539 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9540 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9541 defaults to one." t nil)
9542
9543 ;;;***
9544 \f
9545 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9546 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15623
9547 ;;;;;; 547))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9549
9550 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9551 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9552
9553 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9554 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
9555 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
9556
9557 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9558 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9559 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9560 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9561 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9562 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9563
9564 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9565 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9566 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9567 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9568 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9569
9570 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9571 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9572 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9573 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9574 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9575
9576 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9577 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9578 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9579
9580 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9581 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
9582 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
9583 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
9584 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9585 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9586
9587 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9588 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9589 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9590 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9591 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9592 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9593 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9594 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9595 values are:
9596 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9597 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9598 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9599 buffer's modification flag.
9600 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9601 prompted before performing this operation.
9602 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9603 operation is complete, in the form:
9604 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9605 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9606 confirmation message, in the form:
9607 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9608 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9609 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9610
9611 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9612 Define a filter named NAME.
9613 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9614 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9615 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9616
9617 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9618 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9619 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9620 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9621
9622 ;;;***
9623 \f
9624 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9625 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15698 64354))
9626 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9627
9628 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9629 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9630 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9631 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9632
9633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9634 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9635 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9636 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9637
9638 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9639 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9640 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9641
9642 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9643 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9644 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9645 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9646 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9647 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9648 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9649 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9650 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9651 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
9652 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
9653 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
9654 locally in this buffer." t nil)
9655
9656 ;;;***
9657 \f
9658 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9659 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9661
9662 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9663 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9664 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9665
9666 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9667 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9668 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9669
9670 ;;;***
9671 \f
9672 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9674
9675 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9676 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9677 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9678 Tab indents for Icon code.
9679 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9680 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9681 \\{icon-mode-map}
9682 Variables controlling indentation style:
9683 icon-tab-always-indent
9684 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9685 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9686 icon-auto-newline
9687 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9688 inserted in Icon code.
9689 icon-indent-level
9690 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9691 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9692 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9693 icon-continued-statement-offset
9694 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9695 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9696 icon-continued-brace-offset
9697 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9698 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9699 icon-brace-offset
9700 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9701 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9702 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9703 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9704
9705 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9706 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9707
9708 ;;;***
9709 \f
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9711 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9713
9714 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9715 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9716 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9717 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9718
9719 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9720 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9721 separate frames.
9722
9723 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
9724 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
9725
9726 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9727 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9728 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9729
9730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9731
9732 ;;;***
9733 \f
9734 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9735 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9737
9738 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9739 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9740
9741 The main features of this mode are
9742
9743 1. Indentation and Formatting
9744 --------------------------
9745 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9746 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9747
9748 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
9749 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
9750 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
9751 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9752
9753 Comments are indented as follows:
9754
9755 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9756 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9757 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9758
9759 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9760
9761 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
9762 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
9763 relative to the first will be retained. Use
9764 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
9765 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
9766 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
9767 recommended).
9768
9769 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9770 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
9771 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
9772 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9773
9774 2. Routine Info
9775 ------------
9776 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
9777 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
9778 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
9779 source file of a module. These commands know about system
9780 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
9781 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
9782 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9783 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9784
9785 3. Online IDL Help
9786 ---------------
9787 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9788 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9789 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9790 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9791 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9792
9793 4. Completion
9794 ----------
9795 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9796 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9797 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9798 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9799 mixed or upper case.
9800
9801 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9802 --------------------------------
9803 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9804 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9805
9806 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9807 \\fu FUNCTION template
9808 \\c CASE statement template
9809 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9810 \\f FOR loop template
9811 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9812 \\w WHILE loop template
9813 \\i IF statement template
9814 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9815 \\b BEGIN
9816
9817 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9818 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9819
9820 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9821 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9822 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9823
9824 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9825 -------------------------
9826 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9827 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9828
9829 7. Automatic END completion
9830 ------------------------
9831 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9832 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9833
9834 8. Hooks
9835 -----
9836 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9837 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9838
9839 9. Documentation and Customization
9840 -------------------------------
9841 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
9842 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
9843 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
9844 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
9845 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9846
9847 10.Keybindings
9848 -----------
9849 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9850 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9851 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9852
9853 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9854
9855 ;;;***
9856 \f
9857 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
9858 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
9859 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
9860 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
9861 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
9862 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
9863 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
9864 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15683 14753))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
9866
9867 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
9868 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
9869 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
9870 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
9871 displaying...)
9872 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
9873 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
9874 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
9875
9876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9877 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
9878
9879 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9880
9881 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
9882
9883 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
9884 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
9885 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9886 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
9887 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
9888 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
9889 versions of these functions.
9890 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
9891 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
9892 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
9895 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9896 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9897 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9898 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9899 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
9900 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string." nil nil)
9901
9902 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
9903 Switch to another buffer.
9904 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
9905 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9906 in another frame.
9907
9908 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
9909 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
9910 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
9911 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
9912 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9913
9914 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
9915 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
9916
9917 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
9918 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
9919
9920 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9921 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9922 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9923 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
9924 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
9925 in a separate window.
9926 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
9927 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9928 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9929 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9930 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
9931 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
9932 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
9933 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
9934 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'." t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
9937 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9938 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9939 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9940
9941 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
9942 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9943 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9944 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
9947 Kill a buffer.
9948 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9949 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
9952 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
9953 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9954 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
9957 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9958 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9959 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
9962 Switch to another file starting from DIR." t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
9965 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
9966 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
9967 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
9968 visible in another frame.
9969
9970 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
9971 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
9972 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
9973 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
9974 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
9975 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9976
9977 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
9978 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
9979
9980 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
9981 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
9982
9983 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9984 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9985 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9986 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
9987 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
9988 in a separate window.
9989 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
9990 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
9991 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
9992 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
9993 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
9994 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
9995 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
9996 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9997 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9998 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9999 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
10000 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
10001 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
10002 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
10003 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'." t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
10006 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
10007 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10008 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10009
10010 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
10011 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
10012 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10013 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
10016 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
10017 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10018 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10019
10020 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
10021 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
10022 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10023 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10024
10025 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
10026 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
10027 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10028 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10029
10030 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
10031 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
10032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10033 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
10036 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
10037 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10038 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10039
10040 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
10041 Write current buffer to a file.
10042 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10043 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10044
10045 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
10046 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
10047 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10048 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10049
10050 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
10051 Call dired the ido way.
10052 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10053 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10054
10055 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
10056 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10057 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10058
10059 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
10060 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10061 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10062
10063 ;;;***
10064 \f
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15712 52093))
10066 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
10067 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
10068
10069 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
10070 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
10071 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
10072
10073 ;;;***
10074 \f
10075 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
10076 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
10077 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15698 64354))
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
10079
10080 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
10081 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
10082 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
10083 be determined." nil nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
10086 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
10087 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
10088 be determined." nil nil)
10089
10090 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
10091 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
10092 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
10093
10094 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
10095 Create an image.
10096 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
10097 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
10098 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
10099 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
10100 use its file extension as image type.
10101 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
10102 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
10103 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
10104 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
10107 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
10108 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
10109 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
10110 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
10111 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
10112 POS may be an integer or marker.
10113 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10114 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10115 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10116 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10117
10118 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
10119 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
10120 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
10121 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
10122 defaulted if you omit it.
10123 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10124 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10125 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10126 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
10129 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
10130 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
10131 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
10132
10133 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
10134 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
10135
10136 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
10137
10138 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10139 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10140 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10141 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10142 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10143 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
10144 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
10145 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
10146 satisfied.
10147
10148 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
10151 Define SYMBOL as an image.
10152
10153 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
10154 documentation string.
10155
10156 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10157 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10158 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10159 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10160 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10161 string containing the actual image data. The first image
10162 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
10163 define SYMBOL.
10164
10165 Example:
10166
10167 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
10168 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
10169
10170 ;;;***
10171 \f
10172 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
10173 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
10174 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15579 13239))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
10176
10177 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
10178 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
10179 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
10180 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
10181
10182 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
10183 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10184 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10185 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10186
10187 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
10188 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
10189 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
10190 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
10191
10192 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
10193 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10194 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10195 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10196
10197 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
10198 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
10199
10200 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
10201 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
10202 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
10203 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
10204
10205 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
10206 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
10207 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10209 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
10210
10211 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10212
10213 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
10214
10215 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
10216 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
10217 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10218 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
10219
10220 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
10221 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
10222 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
10223
10224 ;;;***
10225 \f
10226 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
10227 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15707 34351))
10228 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
10229
10230 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
10231 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
10232
10233 Affects only the mouse index menu.
10234
10235 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
10236 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
10237 in the buffer.
10238
10239 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10240
10241 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10242 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10243 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10244
10245 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10246 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10247
10248 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10249 to create a buffer index.
10250
10251 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10252 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10253 or like this:
10254 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10255 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10256 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10257 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10258 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10259
10260 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10261 entries are not nested.
10262
10263 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10264 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10265 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10266 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10267
10268 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10269 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10270
10271 The variable is buffer-local.
10272
10273 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10274 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10275 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10276
10277 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10278 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10279 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10280 during matching.")
10281
10282 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10283
10284 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10285 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10286
10287 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10288 of the current buffer as an alist.
10289
10290 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10291 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10292 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10293 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10294 if it is a sub-alist.
10295
10296 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10297
10298 The variable is buffer-local.")
10299
10300 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10301
10302 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10303 Function for finding the next index position.
10304
10305 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10306 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10307 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10308 file.
10309
10310 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10311 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10312
10313 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10314
10315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10316
10317 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10318 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10319
10320 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10321 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10322 It should return the name for that index item.
10323
10324 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10325
10326 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10327
10328 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10329 Function to compare string with index item.
10330
10331 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10332 non-nil if they match.
10333
10334 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10335 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10336 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10337 arguments match\".
10338
10339 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10340
10341 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10342
10343 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10344 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10345 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10346
10347 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10348
10349 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10350
10351 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10352
10353 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10354 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10355 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10356 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10359 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10360
10361 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10364 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10365 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10366 for more information." t nil)
10367
10368 ;;;***
10369 \f
10370 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10371 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10372 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 53216))
10373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10374
10375 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10376 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10379
10380 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10381
10382 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10383
10384 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10385 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10386 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10387 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10388 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10391 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10392 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10393 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10394 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10395
10396 ;;;***
10397 \f
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10399 ;;;;;; (15651 7290))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10401
10402 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10403 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10404 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10405 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10406 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10407
10408 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10409 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10410
10411 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10412 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10413 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10414 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10415 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10416 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10417 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10418 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10419
10420 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10421 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10422 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10423 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10424 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10425
10426 This variable is only used if the variable
10427 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10428
10429 More precise choices:
10430 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10431 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10432 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10433
10434 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10435
10436 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10437 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10438
10439 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10440 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10441 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10442 to that buffer.
10443 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10444 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10445 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10446 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10447 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10448
10449 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10450
10451 ;;;***
10452 \f
10453 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10454 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10455 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
10456 ;;;;;; (15685 15800))
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10458
10459 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10460 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10461 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10462
10463 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10464 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10465 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10466 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10467 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10468 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10469
10470 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10471 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10472
10473 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10474 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10475 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10476
10477 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" nil t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10480 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10481 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10482 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10483
10484 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10485 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10486
10487 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10488 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10489 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10490 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10491 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10494 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10495 KEY is a string.
10496 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10497 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10498 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10499 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10502 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10503 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10504
10505 ;;;***
10506 \f
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10508 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10509 ;;;;;; (15671 8032))
10510 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10511
10512 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10513 Throw away all cached data.
10514 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10515 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10516 system." t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10519 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10520 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10521 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10522 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10523 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10524
10525 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10526
10527 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10528 Display the documentation of a file.
10529 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10530 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10531 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10532 The default file name is the one found at point.
10533
10534 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10537 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10540 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10541
10542 ;;;***
10543 \f
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10545 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10547
10548 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10549 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10552 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10553 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10554
10555 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10556 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10557 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10558
10559 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10560 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10561 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10562 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10563
10564 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10565 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10566 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10567
10568 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10569 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10570 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10571 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10572 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10573
10574 ;;;***
10575 \f
10576 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10577 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10578 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10579 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10580
10581 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10582 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10583
10584 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10585 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10588
10589 ;;;***
10590 \f
10591 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10592 ;;;;;; (15640 49863))
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10594
10595 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10596 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10597 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10598 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10599 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10600 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10601
10602 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10603 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10604
10605 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10606 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10607 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10608 \"s gives German sharp s.
10609 /a gives a with ring.
10610 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10611 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10612 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10613 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10614
10615 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10616 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10617
10618 ;;;***
10619 \f
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10621 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10622 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10623 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10625
10626 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10627 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10628 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10629 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10630
10631 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10632 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10633 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10634 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10635
10636 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10637 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10638 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10639 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10642 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10643 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10644 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10647 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10648 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10649 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10652 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10653 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10654 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10655
10656 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10657 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10658 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10659 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10660
10661 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10662 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10663 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10664 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10665
10666 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10667 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10668 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10669 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10670
10671 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10672 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10675 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10676
10677 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10678 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10679
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10683 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10685 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10686 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10687 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10688
10689 ;;;***
10690 \f
10691 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10692 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10693 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10694 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10695 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10696 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15686 22779))
10697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10698
10699 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10700 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10701
10702 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10703 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10704 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10705 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10706
10707 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10708 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10709 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10710
10711 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10712
10713 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10714
10715 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10716
10717 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10718
10719 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10720
10721 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10722
10723 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10724 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10725
10726 Each element of this list is also a list:
10727
10728 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10729 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10730
10731 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10732 nil means the default dictionary.
10733
10734 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10735 word.
10736
10737 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10738
10739 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10740 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10741 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10742 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10743 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10744 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10745 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10746 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10747 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10748
10749 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10750 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10751 single word.
10752
10753 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10754 subprocess.
10755
10756 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10757 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10758 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10759 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10760 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10761 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10762 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10763 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10764
10765 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10766
10767 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10768 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10769 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10770
10771 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10772 Key map for ispell menu.")
10773
10774 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10775 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10776 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10777 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10778
10779 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10780
10781 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
10782
10783 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10784
10785 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10786
10787 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10788
10789 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10790 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10791 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10792 Valid forms include:
10793 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10794 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10795 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10796 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10797
10798 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10799 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10800 First list is used raw.
10801 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10802
10803 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10804 for skipping in latex mode.")
10805
10806 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10807
10808 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10809 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10810 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10811 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10812
10813 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10814 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10815 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10816 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10817 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10818
10819 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10820 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10821
10822 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10823
10824 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10825 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10826
10827 return values:
10828 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10829 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10830 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10831 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10832 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10833
10834 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10835 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10836 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10839 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10840
10841 Selections are:
10842
10843 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10844 SPC: Accept word this time.
10845 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10846 `a': Accept word for this session.
10847 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10848 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10849 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10850 `?': Show these commands.
10851 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10852 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10853 the aborted check to be completed later.
10854 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10855 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10856 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10857 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10858 `C-l': redraws screen
10859 `C-r': recursive edit
10860 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10861
10862 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10863 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10864 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10867 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10868 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10869
10870 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10871
10872 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10875 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10876 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10877 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10878
10879 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10880 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10881
10882 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10883 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10884
10885 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10886 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10887
10888 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10889 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10890 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10891 sequence inside of a word.
10892
10893 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10896 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10897
10898 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10899 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10900 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10901 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10902
10903 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10904 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10905 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10906 available on the net." t nil)
10907
10908 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10909 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10910 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10911
10912 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10913 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10914
10915 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10916 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10919 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10920 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10921 Don't check included messages.
10922
10923 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10924 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10925 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10926
10927 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10928 in your .emacs file:
10929 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10930 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10931 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10932 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10933
10934 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10935 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10936 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10937
10938 ;;;***
10939 \f
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10941 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10942 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10944
10945 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10946 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10947 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10948 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10949 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10950 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10951
10952 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10953 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10954 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10955 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10956
10957 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10958
10959 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10960 Switch to another buffer.
10961
10962 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10963 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10964 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10965 in another frame.
10966 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10967
10968 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10969 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10970 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10971 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10974 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10976 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10979 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10980 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10981 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10982
10983 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10984 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10985 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10986 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10987 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10988
10989 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10990
10991 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10992
10993 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10994 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10995 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10996 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10997 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10998
10999 ;;;***
11000 \f
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
11002 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
11003 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
11004 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
11006
11007 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
11008
11009 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
11010 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
11011 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11012 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
11013 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
11014 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
11015 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
11016 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
11019 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
11020 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11021 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11022
11023 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
11024 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
11025 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11026 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
11027 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
11028
11029 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
11030 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
11031 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11032 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11033
11034 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
11035 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
11036 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
11037 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
11040 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
11041
11042 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11043 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
11044 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11045 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11046 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
11047
11048 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11049 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
11050 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11051 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11052 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
11055 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11056 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
11057
11058 ;;;***
11059 \f
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
11061 ;;;;;; 12869))
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
11063
11064 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
11065 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
11066 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
11067 that needs to be (re)fontified.
11068 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
11069
11070 ;;;***
11071 \f
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
11073 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15623 548))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
11075
11076 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
11077 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
11078 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11080 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
11081
11082 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11083
11084 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
11085
11086 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11087 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
11088 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
11089 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
11090
11091 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11092 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
11097 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
11098 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
11099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
11100
11101 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
11102 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11103 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11104 decimal key must be specified.")
11105
11106 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11107
11108 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
11109
11110 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
11111 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
11112 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11113 decimal key must be specified.")
11114
11115 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11116
11117 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
11118
11119 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
11120 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11121 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11122 decimal key must be specified.")
11123
11124 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11125
11126 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11127
11128 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
11129 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11130 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11131 decimal key must be specified.")
11132
11133 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11134
11135 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11136
11137 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
11138 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
11139 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
11140 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
11141 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
11142 keys are bound.
11143
11144 Setup Binding
11145 -------------------------------------------------------------
11146 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
11147 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
11148 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
11149 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
11150 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
11151
11152 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
11153 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
11154
11155 ;;;***
11156 \f
11157 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
11158 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
11160
11161 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
11162 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
11163 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
11164
11165 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
11166 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
11167 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
11168 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
11169 shorter.
11170
11171 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
11172 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
11173 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
11178 ;;;;;; 62673))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
11180
11181 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
11182 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
11183 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
11184 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
11185 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
11186 positions that contains the current selection.")
11187
11188 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
11189 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
11190 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
11191 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
11192 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
11193 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
11194 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
11195
11196 ;;;***
11197 \f
11198 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-or-call-macro
11199 ;;;;;; kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro
11200 ;;;;;; kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (15713 34420))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
11202 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
11203 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
11204 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-call-macro)
11205 (global-set-key [f7] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
11206 (global-set-key [f8] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
11207 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
11208 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
11209
11210 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
11211 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
11212 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
11213 Use \\[end-kbd-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
11214 Use \\[call-last-kbd-macro] to execute the macro.
11215 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
11216 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
11217
11218 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
11219 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
11220 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
11221
11222 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
11223 defining the macro.
11224
11225 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
11226 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
11227 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]." t nil)
11228
11229 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
11230 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
11231 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
11232 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
11233 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
11234 under that name.
11235
11236 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
11237 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
11238 An argument of zero means repeat until error." t nil)
11239
11240 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
11241 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
11242
11243 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
11244
11245 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after
11246 defining others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro." t nil)
11247
11248 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
11249 Set `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing, and `start-kbd-macro'.
11250 With \\[universal-argument], append to current keyboard macro (keep kmacro-counter).
11251
11252 When defining/executing macro, insert macro counter and increment with
11253 ARG or 1 if missing.
11254 With \\[universal-argument], insert previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
11255
11256 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
11257 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]." t nil)
11258
11259 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
11260 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
11261 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
11262 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring." t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
11265 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
11266 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it." t nil)
11267
11268 ;;;***
11269 \f
11270 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
11271 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
11273
11274 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
11275 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
11276 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
11277
11278 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
11279
11280 ;;;***
11281 \f
11282 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
11283 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
11284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
11285
11286 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
11287
11288 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
11289 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
11290
11291 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
11292
11293 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
11294 Start or resume an Lm game.
11295 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11296 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
11297
11298 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
11299 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11300 none / 1 | yes | no
11301 2 | yes | yes
11302 3 | no | yes
11303 4 | no | no
11304
11305 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
11306 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
11307 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
11308
11309 ;;;***
11310 \f
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
11312 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
11313 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
11314 ;;;;;; 2041))
11315 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
11316
11317 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11318
11319 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
11320 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
11321 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
11322 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
11323 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
11324 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
11325
11326 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
11327 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
11328
11329 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
11330 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11333
11334 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11335 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11336 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11337 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11338 to compose.
11339
11340 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11341
11342 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11343
11344 ;;;***
11345 \f
11346 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11347 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11349
11350 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11351 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11352 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11353 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11354 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11355 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11356 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11357 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11358
11359 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11360 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11361
11362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11363 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11364
11365 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11366
11367 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11368
11369 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11370 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11371 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11372 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11373 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11374 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11375 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11376 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11377
11378 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11379 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11380 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11381 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11382
11383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11384 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11385
11386 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11387
11388 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11389
11390 ;;;***
11391 \f
11392 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11393 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
11394 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11395
11396 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11397 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11398 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11399 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11400
11401 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11402
11403 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11404 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11405 JIT Lock's favor.
11406
11407 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11408
11409 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11410 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11411 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11412 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11413 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11414 for large buffers.
11415
11416 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11417 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11418 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11419 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11420 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11421
11422 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11423 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11424 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11425 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11426 slow to keep up with your typing.
11427
11428 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11429 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11430 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11431 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11432 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11433 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11434
11435 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11436 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11437 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11438 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11439
11440 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11441 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11442 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11443 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11444
11445 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11446 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11447 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11448 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11449 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11450
11451 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11452 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11453
11454 ;;;***
11455 \f
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11457 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11459
11460 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11461 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11462
11463 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11464 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11465
11466 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11467 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11468
11469 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11470 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11471 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11472 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11473 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11474 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11475 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11476 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11477 and transmit saved text.
11478 \\{ledit-mode-map}
11479 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11480 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11481
11482 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11483
11484 ;;;***
11485 \f
11486 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11488
11489 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11490 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11491 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11492 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11493 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11494
11495 ;;;***
11496 \f
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
11498 ;;;;;; 46315))
11499 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11500
11501 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11502 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11503 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11504 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11505
11506 ;;;***
11507 \f
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11509 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11511
11512 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11513 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11514 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11515
11516 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11517 Run the locate command with a filter.
11518
11519 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11520 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11521
11522 ;;;***
11523 \f
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11526
11527 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11528 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11529 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11530 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11531 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11532 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11533 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11534 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11535 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11536 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11537 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11538 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11539 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11540
11541 ;;;***
11542 \f
11543 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11544 ;;;;;; 51653))
11545 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11546
11547 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11548 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11549
11550 ;;;***
11551 \f
11552 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11553 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
11554 ;;;;;; 6759))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11556
11557 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11558
11559 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11560
11561 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11562 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11563 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11564
11565 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11566 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11567
11568 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11569 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11570 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11571 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11572 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11573 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11574 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11575
11576 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11577 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11578 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11579 switch on this list.
11580 See `lpr-command'.")
11581
11582 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11583 *Name of program for printing a file.
11584
11585 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11586 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11587 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11588 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11589 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11590 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11591 argument.")
11592
11593 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11594 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11595 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11596 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11599 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11600
11601 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11602 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11603 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11604 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11605
11606 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11607 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11608
11609 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11610 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11611
11612 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11613 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11614 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11615 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11618 Paginate and print the region contents.
11619
11620 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11621 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11622 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11623 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11624
11625 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11626 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11627
11628 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11629 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11630
11631 ;;;***
11632 \f
11633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11635
11636 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11637
11638 ;;;***
11639 \f
11640 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15683
11641 ;;;;;; 14756))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11643
11644 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11645 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11646 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11647
11648 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11649
11650 ;;;***
11651 \f
11652 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11653 ;;;;;; 56483))
11654 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11655
11656 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11657 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11658 \\{m4-mode-map}
11659 " t nil)
11660
11661 ;;;***
11662 \f
11663 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11664 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11665 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11666
11667 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11668 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11669 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11670 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11671 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11672
11673 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11674 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11675 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11676 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11677
11678 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11679 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11680 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11681 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11682 bindings.
11683
11684 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11685 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11688 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11689 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11690 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11691 each time the macro executes.
11692 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11693 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11694 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11695 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11696 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11697 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11698 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11699
11700 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11701 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11702 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11703
11704 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11705 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11706 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11707 execute.
11708
11709 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11710 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11711
11712 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11713 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11714 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11715 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11716 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11717
11718 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11719 looked like this:
11720
11721 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11722 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11723 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11724
11725 You could enter the names in this format:
11726
11727 foo
11728 bar
11729 baz
11730
11731 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11732
11733 \\C-x (
11734 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11735 \\C-x )
11736
11737 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11738 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11739 " t nil)
11740 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11745 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15661 53043))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11747
11748 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11749 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11750 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11751 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11752
11753 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11754 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11755 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11756 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11757 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11758
11759 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11760 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11761 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11762 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11763
11764 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11765 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11766
11767 ;;;***
11768 \f
11769 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11770 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11771 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11773
11774 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11775 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11776
11777 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11778
11779 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11780 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11781
11782 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11783 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11784 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11785 message.
11786
11787 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11788
11789 ;;;***
11790 \f
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11792 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11793 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
11794 ;;;;;; 1037))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11796
11797 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11798 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11799 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11800 often correct parser.")
11801
11802 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11803
11804 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11805 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11806 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11807 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11808
11809 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11810 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11811 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11812 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11813
11814 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11815 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11816 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11817 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11818
11819 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11820 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11821 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11822 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11823 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11824 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11825
11826 ;;;***
11827 \f
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11829 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15664 47249))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11831
11832 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11833 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11836 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11837 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11838
11839 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11840 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11841 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11842
11843 ;;;***
11844 \f
11845 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11846 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11847 ;;;;;; 63149))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11849
11850 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11851 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11852 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11853 king@grassland.com
11854 If `parens', they look like:
11855 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11856 If `angles', they look like:
11857 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11858
11859 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11860 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11861 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11862 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11863 their `Resent-' variants.
11864
11865 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11866 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11869 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11870 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11871
11872 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11873 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11874 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11875 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11876
11877 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11878 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11879 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11880 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11881
11882 ;;;***
11883 \f
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11885 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11887
11888 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11889 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11890 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11891
11892 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11893
11894 In the browser, use the following keys:
11895
11896 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11897
11898 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11899
11900 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11901 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11902
11903 `makefile-target-colon':
11904 The string that gets appended to all target names
11905 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11906 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11907
11908 `makefile-macro-assign':
11909 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11910 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11911 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11912 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11913 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11914 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11915
11916 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11917 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11918 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11919
11920 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11921 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11922
11923 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11924 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11925 up or down in the browser.
11926
11927 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11928 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11929
11930 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11931 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11932
11933 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11934 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11935 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11936 has been selected in the browser.
11937
11938 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11939 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11940 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11941 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11942 filenames are omitted.
11943
11944 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11945 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11946 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11947 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11948 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11949 the backslash itself intact.
11950 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11951 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11952
11953 `makefile-browser-hook':
11954 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11955 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11956
11957 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11958 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11959 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11960 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11961
11962 ;;;***
11963 \f
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11965 ;;;;;; 28917))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11967
11968 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11969 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11970 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11976
11977 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11978
11979 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11980 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11981 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11982 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11983 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11984 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11985 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11986
11987 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11988 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11989 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11990 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11991
11992 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11993 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11994
11995 ;;;***
11996 \f
11997 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11999
12000 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
12001 Toggle Master mode.
12002 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
12003 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
12004 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
12005
12006 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
12007 following commands:
12008
12009 \\{master-mode-map}
12010
12011 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
12012 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
12013 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
12014
12015 ;;;***
12016 \f
12017 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
12018 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
12019 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
12020 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
12021 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
12022 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
12023 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
12024 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
12025 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
12026 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
12028
12029 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
12030 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
12031
12032 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
12033 king@grassland.com
12034 If `parens', they look like:
12035 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12036 If `angles', they look like:
12037 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12038
12039 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
12040 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
12041
12042 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
12043 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
12044
12045 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
12046 *Local news organization file.")
12047
12048 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
12049 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12050 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
12051 variable `mail-header-separator'.
12052
12053 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
12054 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
12055 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
12056
12057 See also `send-mail-function'.")
12058
12059 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
12060 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
12061
12062 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
12063 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
12064
12065 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
12066 *Function for citing an original message.
12067 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
12068 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
12069 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
12070
12071 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
12072 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
12073 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
12074 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
12075 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
12076
12077 (defvar message-signature t "\
12078 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
12079 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
12080 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
12081 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
12082
12083 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
12084 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
12085 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
12086 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
12087
12088 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12089
12090 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
12091 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
12092 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
12093 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
12094 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
12095 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12096 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
12097 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
12098 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
12099 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
12100 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
12101 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
12102 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
12103 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
12104 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
12105 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
12106 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
12107 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
12108 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
12109 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
12110 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
12111 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
12112 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
12113 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
12114 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
12117 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12118 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
12119
12120 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
12121 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12122
12123 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
12124 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
12127 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
12130 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
12131 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
12134 Cancel an article you posted.
12135 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
12138 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
12139 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
12140 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
12141
12142 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
12143 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
12144
12145 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
12146 Forward the current message via mail.
12147 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
12148 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
12149
12150 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12151
12152 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12153
12154 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
12155 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
12156
12157 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
12158 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
12161 Re-mail the current message.
12162 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
12163 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
12164 you." t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
12167 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
12170 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12171
12172 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
12173 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
12176 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12177
12178 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
12179 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
12180 Works by overstriking characters.
12181 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12182 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12183
12184 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
12185 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
12186 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12187 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12188
12189 ;;;***
12190 \f
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
12192 ;;;;;; (15577 64658))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
12194
12195 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12196 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
12197 Special commands:
12198 \\{meta-mode-map}
12199
12200 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
12201 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12202
12203 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12204 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
12205 Special commands:
12206 \\{meta-mode-map}
12207
12208 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
12209 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12210
12211 ;;;***
12212 \f
12213 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
12214 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
12215 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
12216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
12217
12218 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
12219 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12220 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12221
12222 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
12223 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12224 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12225 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12226 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12227 redisplayed as output is inserted.
12228 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12229
12230 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
12231 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
12232 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12233 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12234 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12235 means current).
12236 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12237 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
12240 Process current region through 'metamail'.
12241 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12242 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12243 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12244 means current).
12245 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12246 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12247
12248 ;;;***
12249 \f
12250 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
12251 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
12253
12254 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
12255 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
12256 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12257 to the MH mail system.
12258
12259 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12260
12261 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
12262 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
12263 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12264 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
12265 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
12266 that want to create a mail buffer.
12267 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
12268
12269 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
12270 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
12271 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12272 to the MH mail system.
12273
12274 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12275
12276 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
12277 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
12278 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
12279 using the MH mail handling system.
12280 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
12281 messages.
12282
12283 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
12284
12285 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
12286
12287 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
12288 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
12289 the yanked message.
12290
12291 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
12292 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
12293 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
12294 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
12295 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
12296
12297 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
12298 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
12299 inserted in a draft letter.
12300
12301 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
12302 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
12303
12304 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
12305
12306 ;;;***
12307 \f
12308 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
12309 ;;;;;; 11455))
12310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
12311
12312 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
12313 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
12314 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12315 to the MH mail system." t nil)
12316
12317 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
12318 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
12319
12320 ;;;***
12321 \f
12322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
12323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
12324
12325 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
12326 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
12327
12328 ;;;***
12329 \f
12330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12332
12333 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12334
12335 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12336
12337 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12338
12339 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12340
12341 ;;;***
12342 \f
12343 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12344 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12346
12347 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12348 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12349 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12350 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12351 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12352 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12353 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12354 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12355 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12356 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12357 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12358
12359 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12360 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12361 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12362 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12363
12364 ;;;***
12365 \f
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12367 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12369
12370 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12371 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12372 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12374 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12375
12376 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12377
12378 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12379
12380 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12381 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12382 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12383 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12384 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12385 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12386 default indication.
12387
12388 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12389 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12390
12391 ;;;***
12392 \f
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12394 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12396
12397 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12398 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12399 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12400 the entire message.
12401 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12402
12403 ;;;***
12404 \f
12405 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12406 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12408
12409 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12410 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12411
12412 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12413 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12414
12415 ;;;***
12416 \f
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12418 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12420
12421 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12422 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12423 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12424 followed by the first character of the construct.
12425 \\<m2-mode-map>
12426 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12427 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12428 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12429 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12430 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12431 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12432 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12433 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12434 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12435 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12436 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12437 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12438 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12439 \\[m2-link] link
12440
12441 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12442 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12443 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12448 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12450
12451 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12452 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12453
12454 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12455 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12456
12457 ;;;***
12458 \f
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15669
12460 ;;;;;; 19465))
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12462
12463 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
12464 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
12465 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12467 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
12468
12469 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12470
12471 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
12472
12473 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12474 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12475 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12476 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12477
12478 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12479
12480 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12481
12482 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12483
12484 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12485 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12486 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12487 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12488 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12489 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12490
12491 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12492 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
12493 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12494 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
12495 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
12496
12497 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12498 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12499
12500 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12501 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12502
12503 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12504
12505 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12506 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12507 primary selection and region." t nil)
12508
12509 ;;;***
12510 \f
12511 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12513
12514 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12515 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12516
12517 ;;;***
12518 \f
12519 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12521
12522 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12523 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12524 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12526 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12527
12528 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12529
12530 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12531
12532 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12533 Toggle Msb mode.
12534 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12535 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12536 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12537
12538 ;;;***
12539 \f
12540 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12541 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12542 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12543 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
12544 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
12545 ;;;;;; (15669 48157))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12547
12548 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12549 Display a list of all character sets.
12550
12551 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12552 internal Emacs use.
12553
12554 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12555 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12556 hexadecimal digits.
12557 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12558 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12559
12560 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12561 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12562 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12563 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12564
12565 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12566 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12567
12568 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12569 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12570 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12571 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12572 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12573
12574 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12575 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12576 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12577 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12578 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12579
12580 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12581 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12582 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12583 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12584 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12585
12586 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12587 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12590 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12591
12592 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12593 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12594
12595 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12596 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12597 in place of `..':
12598 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12599 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12600 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12601 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12602 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12603 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12604 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12605 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12606 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12607 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12608 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12609 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12610 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12611 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12612 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12613 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12614
12615 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12616 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12617
12618 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12619 Display a list of all coding systems.
12620 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12621
12622 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12623 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12624
12625 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12626 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12627
12628 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12629 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12630
12631 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12632 Display information about FONTSET.
12633 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12634
12635 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12636 Display a list of all fontsets.
12637 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12638 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12639 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12640
12641 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12642 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12643
12644 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12645 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12646
12647 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12648 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12649 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12650 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12651
12652 ;;;***
12653 \f
12654 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12655 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12656 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12657 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12658 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12659 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12660 ;;;;;; (15671 1184))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12662
12663 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12664 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12665 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12666
12667 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
12668
12669 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12670 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12671
12672 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12673 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12674
12675 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12676 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12677
12678 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12679 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12680 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
12681 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
12682 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
12683 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
12684 buffer; see also `char-width'.
12685
12686 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
12687 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
12688 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
12689 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
12690 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
12691 middle of a character in STR.
12692
12693 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12694 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
12695
12696 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
12697 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
12698 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
12699 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
12700 defaults to \"...\"." nil nil)
12701
12702 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12703
12704 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
12705
12706 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12707 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12708
12709 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12710 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12711 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12712
12713 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12714 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12715 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12716
12717 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12718 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12719 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12720 is considered.
12721 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12722 longer than KEYSEQ.
12723 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12724
12725 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12726 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12727 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12728 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12729 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12730 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12731 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12732 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12733 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12734 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12735 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12736
12737 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12738 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12739
12740 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12741 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12742
12743 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12744 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12745
12746 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12747 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12748
12749 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12750 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12751
12752 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12753 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12754 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12755 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12756
12757 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12758 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12759 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12760 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12761
12762 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12763 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12764 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12765 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12766
12767 ;;;***
12768 \f
12769 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12770 ;;;;;; (15644 46690))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12772
12773 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12774 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12775 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12777 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12778
12779 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12780
12781 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12782
12783 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12784 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12785 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12786 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12787
12788 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12789 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12790
12791 ;;;***
12792 \f
12793 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12794 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12795 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12796 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12798
12799 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12800 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12801
12802 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12803 Ping HOST.
12804 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12805 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12806
12807 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12808 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12809
12810 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12811
12812 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12813 Run netstat program." t nil)
12814
12815 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12816 Run the arp program." t nil)
12817
12818 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12819 Run the route program." t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12822 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12825 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12828 Run dig program." t nil)
12829
12830 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12831 Run ftp program." t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12834 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12835
12836 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12837 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12838 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12839 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12840
12841 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12842
12843 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12844 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12845
12846 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12847 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12848
12849 ;;;***
12850 \f
12851 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12852 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12853 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12854 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12855 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15704 51484))
12856 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12857
12858 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12859
12860 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12861
12862 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12863
12864 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12865
12866 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12867
12868 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12869 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12870 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12871 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12872 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12873 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12874
12875 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12876 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12877
12878 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12879 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12880 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12881 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12882
12883 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12884 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12885
12886 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12887 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12888 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12889
12890 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12891 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12892 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12893 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12894 column indentation or nil.
12895 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12896
12897 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12898 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12899 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12900
12901 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12902 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12903 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12904 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12905
12906 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12907 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12908
12909 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12910 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12911 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12912
12913 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12914
12915 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12916 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12917
12918 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12919 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12920 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12921
12922 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12923 Set the comment column based on point.
12924 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12925 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12926 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12927 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12928
12929 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12930 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12931 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12932
12933 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12934 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12935 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12936 comment markers." t nil)
12937
12938 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12939 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12940 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12941 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12942 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12943 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12944 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12945 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12946
12947 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12948 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12949
12950 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12951 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12952 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12953 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12956 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12957 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12958 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12959 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12960 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12961 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12962 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12965 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12966 This indents the body of the continued comment
12967 under the previous comment line.
12968
12969 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12970 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12971 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12972
12973 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12974 or comment indentation.
12975
12976 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12977 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12978
12979 ;;;***
12980 \f
12981 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15640
12982 ;;;;;; 49862))
12983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12984
12985 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12986 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12987 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12988 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12989 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12990 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12991
12992 ;;;***
12993 \f
12994 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12995 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12997
12998 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12999 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
13000 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
13001
13002 ;;;***
13003 \f
13004 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
13005 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
13006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
13007
13008 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
13009 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
13010 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
13011
13012 ;;;***
13013 \f
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
13015 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
13016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
13017
13018 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
13019 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
13020
13021 ;;;***
13022 \f
13023 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
13024 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15655 50635))
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
13026
13027 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
13028 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
13029
13030 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
13031 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
13032
13033 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
13034 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
13035
13036 ;;;***
13037 \f
13038 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
13039 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
13040 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
13041
13042 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
13043 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
13044 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
13045
13046 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
13047
13048 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
13049 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
13050 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
13051 to future sessions." t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
13054 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
13055 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
13056 to future sessions." t nil)
13057
13058 ;;;***
13059 \f
13060 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
13061 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
13063
13064 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
13065 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
13066 \\{nroff-mode-map}
13067 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
13068 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
13069 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
13070
13071 ;;;***
13072 \f
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
13074 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
13076
13077 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
13078 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
13079 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
13080 specified by `octave-help-files'.
13081 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
13082
13083 ;;;***
13084 \f
13085 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
13086 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
13087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
13088
13089 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
13090 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
13091 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
13092
13093 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
13094
13095 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
13096 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
13097
13098 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
13099 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
13100 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
13101
13102 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
13107 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
13108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
13109
13110 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
13111 Major mode for editing Octave code.
13112
13113 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
13114 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
13115 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
13116 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
13117
13118 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
13119 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
13120 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
13121 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
13122 is why you need this mode!).
13123
13124 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
13125 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
13126 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
13127
13128 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
13129
13130 Keybindings
13131 ===========
13132
13133 \\{octave-mode-map}
13134
13135 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
13136 ==============================================
13137
13138 octave-auto-indent
13139 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
13140 Default is nil.
13141
13142 octave-auto-newline
13143 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
13144 Default is nil.
13145
13146 octave-blink-matching-block
13147 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
13148 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
13149
13150 octave-block-offset
13151 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
13152 Default is 2.
13153
13154 octave-continuation-offset
13155 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
13156 Default is 4.
13157
13158 octave-continuation-string
13159 String used for Octave continuation lines.
13160 Default is a backslash.
13161
13162 octave-mode-startup-message
13163 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
13164 Default is t.
13165
13166 octave-send-echo-input
13167 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
13168 command to the inferior Octave process.
13169
13170 octave-send-line-auto-forward
13171 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
13172 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
13173
13174 octave-send-echo-input
13175 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
13176
13177 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
13178
13179 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
13180 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
13181
13182 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
13183 (setq auto-mode-alist
13184 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
13185
13186 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
13187 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
13188
13189 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
13190 (lambda ()
13191 (abbrev-mode 1)
13192 (auto-fill-mode 1)
13193 (if (eq window-system 'x)
13194 (font-lock-mode 1))))
13195
13196 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
13197 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
13198 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
13199 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
13200
13201 ;;;***
13202 \f
13203 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
13204 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13205 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
13206
13207 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
13208 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
13209 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
13210
13211 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
13212 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
13213 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
13214 in which there are commands to set the option values.
13215 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
13216
13217 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
13218
13219 ;;;***
13220 \f
13221 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
13222 ;;;;;; (15593 36680))
13223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
13224
13225 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
13226 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
13227 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
13228 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
13229
13230 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
13231 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
13232 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
13233 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
13234
13235 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
13236 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
13237 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
13238 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
13239 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
13240 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
13241
13242 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
13243 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
13244
13245 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
13246 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
13247 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
13248 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
13249 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
13250 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
13251 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
13252 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
13253 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
13254 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
13255 The subheadings remain visible.
13256 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
13257
13258 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
13259 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
13260 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
13261
13262 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
13263 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
13264
13265 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
13266 Toggle Outline minor mode.
13267 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13268 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
13269
13270 ;;;***
13271 \f
13272 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
13273 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
13274
13275 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
13276 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
13277 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13279 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
13280
13281 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13282
13283 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
13284
13285 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
13286 Toggle Show Paren mode.
13287 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13288 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
13289
13290 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
13291 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
13292
13293 ;;;***
13294 \f
13295 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
13296 ;;;;;; 21182))
13297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
13298
13299 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
13300 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
13301 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13302
13303 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
13304 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
13305
13306 Other useful functions are:
13307
13308 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
13309 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
13310 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
13311 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
13312 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
13313 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
13314 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
13315 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
13316 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
13317
13318 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
13319
13320 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
13321 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
13322 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
13323 Indentation for case statements.
13324 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
13325 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
13326 mark after an end.
13327 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
13328 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
13329 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
13330 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
13331 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13332 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
13333 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
13334 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
13335 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
13336 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
13337
13338 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
13339 pascal-separator-keywords.
13340
13341 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
13342 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13343
13344 ;;;***
13345 \f
13346 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13347 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13349
13350 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13351 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13352 The keys affected are:
13353 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13354 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13355 M-Backspace does undo.
13356 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13357 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13358 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13359
13360 ;;;***
13361 \f
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13363 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13365
13366 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13367 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13368 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13370 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13371
13372 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13373
13374 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13375
13376 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13377 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13378
13379 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13380
13381 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13382 which modify the status of the mark.
13383
13384 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13385 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13386
13387 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13388 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13389
13390 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13391 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13392 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13393 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13394 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13395
13396 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13397 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13398
13399 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13400 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13401 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13402
13403 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13404 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13405 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13406
13407 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13408 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13409
13410 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13411 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13412 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13413
13414 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13415 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13416 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13417
13418 F6 other-window
13419 DELETE delete-char
13420 C-DELETE kill-line
13421 M-DELETE kill-word
13422 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13423 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13424 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13425
13426 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13427 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13428 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13429 and cursor movement commands.
13430 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13431 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13432
13433 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13434
13435 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13436
13437 ;;;***
13438 \f
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15645
13440 ;;;;;; 3600))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13442
13443 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13444 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13445
13446 ;;;***
13447 \f
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13449 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13450 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13451
13452 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13453 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13454
13455 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13456 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13457
13458 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13459 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13460
13461 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13462 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13463
13464 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13465
13466 ;;;***
13467 \f
13468 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13469 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13471
13472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13473 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13474
13475 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13476 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13477
13478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13479 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13480
13481 ;;;***
13482 \f
13483 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13484 ;;;;;; 62672))
13485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13486
13487 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13488 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13489 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13490 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13491 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13492 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13493
13494 ;;;***
13495 \f
13496 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13497 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13498 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13500
13501 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13502 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13503
13504 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13505
13506 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13507 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13508
13509 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13510 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13511
13512 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13513 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13514
13515 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13516
13517 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13518 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13519
13520 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13521 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13522
13523 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13524 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13525
13526 ;;;***
13527 \f
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13529 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13530 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15698
13531 ;;;;;; 64354))
13532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13533
13534 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13535 Support extensible programmable completion.
13536 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13537 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13538
13539 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13540 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13541
13542 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13543 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13544 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13545
13546 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13547 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13548
13549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13550 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13551 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13552
13553 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13554 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13557 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13558
13559 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13560 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13561 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13562 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13563 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13564
13565 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13566 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13567
13568 ;;;***
13569 \f
13570 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13571 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13572 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15640 49860))
13573 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13574
13575 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13576 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13577 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13578 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13579
13580 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13581
13582 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13583 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13584 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13585 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13586 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13587 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13588 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13589
13590 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13591 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13592 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13594 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13595 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13596 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13597 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13598
13599 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13600 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13601 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13602 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13603 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13604 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13605
13606 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13607 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13608 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13609 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13610 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13611 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13612 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13613
13614 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13615
13616 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13617 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13618 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13619
13620 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13621 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13622 nil means never do it.
13623 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13624 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13625 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13626
13627 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13628 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13629 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13630
13631 ;;;***
13632 \f
13633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15646 4758))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13635
13636 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13637
13638 ;;;***
13639 \f
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13641 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13643
13644 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13645 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13646 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13647 Tab indents for Perl code.
13648 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13649 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13650 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13651 \\{perl-mode-map}
13652 Variables controlling indentation style:
13653 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13654 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13655 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13656 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13657 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13658 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13659 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13660 `perl-nochange'
13661 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13662 `perl-indent-level'
13663 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13664 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13665 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13666 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13667 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13668 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13669 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13670 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13671 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13672 `perl-brace-offset'
13673 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13674 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13675 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13676 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13677 `perl-label-offset'
13678 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13679 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13680 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13681
13682 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13683 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13684 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13685 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13686 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13687 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13688 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13689
13690 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13691
13692 ;;;***
13693 \f
13694 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13695 ;;;;;; (15648 42443))
13696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13697
13698 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13699 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13700 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13701 afterwards settable by these commands:
13702 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13703 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13704 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13705 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13706 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13707 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13708 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13709 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13710 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13711 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13712 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13713 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13714 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13715 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13716 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13717 with these commands:
13718 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13719 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13720 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13721 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13722 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13723 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13724 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13725 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13726 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13727 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13728 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13729 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13730 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13731 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13732 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13733 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13734 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13735 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13736 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13737 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13738 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13739 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13740 text is saved in the kill ring.
13741 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13742 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13743 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13744 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13745 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13746 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13747 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13748 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13749 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13750 commands if invoked soon enough.
13751 You can return to the previous mode with:
13752 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13753 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13754
13755 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13756
13757 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13758 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13759
13760 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13761
13762 ;;;***
13763 \f
13764 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13765 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13766 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13767
13768 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13769 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13770 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13771
13772 ;;;***
13773 \f
13774 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13776
13777 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13778 Play pong and waste time.
13779 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13780 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13781
13782 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13783
13784 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13785
13786 ;;;***
13787 \f
13788 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13789 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13791
13792 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13793 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13794 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13795 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13796
13797 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13798 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13799 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13800 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13801 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13802
13803 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13804 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13805 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13806 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13807 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13808
13809 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13810 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13811 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13812 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13813
13814 ;;;***
13815 \f
13816 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13817 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
13818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13819
13820 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13821 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13822 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13823 Commands:
13824 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13825 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13826 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13829 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13830
13831 ;;;***
13832 \f
13833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13835
13836 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13837 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13838 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13839
13840 ;;;***
13841 \f
13842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13844 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13845
13846 ;;;***
13847 \f
13848 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13849 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13850 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13851 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15640 49860))
13852 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13853
13854 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13855 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13856
13857 Valid values are:
13858
13859 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13860 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13861 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13862 changed by setting the variable
13863 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13864 The initial value of this variable is
13865 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13866 documentation).
13867
13868 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13869 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13870 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13871 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13872 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13873 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13874 test it.
13875
13876 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13877 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13878 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13879 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13880 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13881 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13882 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13883 use this value, be sure to have installed
13884 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13885 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13886 documentation of this variable).
13887
13888 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13889 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13890 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13891 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13892 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13893 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13894
13895 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13896
13897 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13898 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13899 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13900
13901 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13904 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13905
13906 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13907
13908 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13909
13910 Returns the value:
13911
13912 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13913
13914 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13915 the sequence." nil nil)
13916
13917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13918 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13919
13920 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13921 composition.
13922
13923 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13924
13925 Returns the value:
13926
13927 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13928
13929 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13930 the sequence." nil nil)
13931
13932 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13933 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13934
13935 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13936 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13937 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13938
13939 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13940 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13941
13942 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13943 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13944 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13945
13946 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13947
13948 ;;;***
13949 \f
13950 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13951 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13952 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13953 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13954 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13955 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15683 14756))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13957
13958 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13959 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13960 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13961 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13962
13963 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13964 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13965
13966 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13967 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13968
13969 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13970 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13971 sending it to the printer.
13972
13973 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13974 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13975 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13976
13977 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13978 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13979 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13980 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13981 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13984 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13985 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13988 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13989 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13990 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13991 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13994 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13995 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13996 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13997
13998 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13999
14000 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
14001 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
14002 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
14003 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
14004 so it has a way to determine color values.
14005
14006 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14007
14008 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
14009 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
14010 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
14011
14012 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14013
14014 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
14015 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
14016 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
14017 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
14018 so it has a way to determine color values.
14019
14020 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
14023 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
14024
14025 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
14026 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
14027 instead of sending it to the printer.
14028
14029 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
14030 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
14031 image in a file with that name." t nil)
14032
14033 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
14034 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
14035 current ps-print setup.
14036 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
14037 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
14038
14039 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
14040 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
14041 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
14044 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
14045 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
14046
14047 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
14048 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
14049
14050 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
14051 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
14052
14053 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
14054 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
14055
14056 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
14057 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
14058
14059 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
14060
14061 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
14062
14063 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
14064 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
14065
14066 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
14067 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
14068
14069 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
14070 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
14071
14072 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
14073
14074 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
14075
14076 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
14077
14078 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
14079 foreground and background colors respectively.
14080
14081 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
14082 bold - use bold font.
14083 italic - use italic font.
14084 underline - put a line under text.
14085 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
14086 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
14087 shadow - text will have a shadow.
14088 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
14089 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
14090
14091 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
14092
14093 ;;;***
14094 \f
14095 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
14096 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
14097 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
14098 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
14099 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15640 49863))
14100 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
14101
14102 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
14103 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
14104
14105 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
14106 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
14107 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
14108
14109 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
14110 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
14111
14112 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
14113 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
14114 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
14115 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
14116 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
14117 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
14118 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
14119
14120 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
14121 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
14122 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
14123 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
14124 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
14125 shown.
14126 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
14127
14128 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
14129 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
14130 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
14131 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
14132 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
14133 list of candidates.
14134
14135 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
14136 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
14137 command to be called.
14138
14139 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
14140 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
14141 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
14142 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
14143
14144 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
14145 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
14146 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
14147 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
14148 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
14149 to t.
14150
14151 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
14152 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
14153 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
14154 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
14155
14156 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
14157 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
14158 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
14159 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
14160
14161 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
14162 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
14163 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
14164 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
14165 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
14166 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
14167
14168 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
14169 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
14170 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
14171 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
14172 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
14173 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
14174
14175 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
14176 covers Quail translation region.
14177
14178 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
14179 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
14180 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
14181 for it) is inserted.
14182
14183 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
14184 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
14185 vs. corresponding command to be called.
14186
14187 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
14188 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
14189 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
14190
14191 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14192 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
14193
14194 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
14195 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
14196 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
14197 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
14198 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14201 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
14202
14203 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
14204 keyboard type." t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
14207 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
14208 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
14209 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14210 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
14211 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14212 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14213 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14214 for the translation.
14215 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14216
14217 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14218 it is used to handle KEY.
14219
14220 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
14221 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
14222 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
14223 the following annotation types are supported.
14224
14225 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
14226 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
14227
14228 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
14229 candidate list.
14230
14231 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
14232 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
14233 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
14234 inserted.
14235
14236 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
14237 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
14238
14239 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
14240 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
14241
14242 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14243 which to install MAP.
14244
14245 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
14246
14247 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
14248 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
14249
14250 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14251 which to install MAP.
14252
14253 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
14254
14255 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
14256 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
14257 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14258 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
14259 a function, or a cons.
14260 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14261 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14262 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14263 for the translation.
14264 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
14265 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
14266 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
14267 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
14268 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14269
14270 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14271 it is used to handle KEY.
14272
14273 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
14274 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
14275 current Quail package.
14276
14277 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
14278 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
14279
14280 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
14281 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
14282
14283 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
14284 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
14285
14286 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
14287
14288 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
14289 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
14290
14291 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
14292 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
14293 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
14294 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
14295 of the Emacs source tree.
14296
14297 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
14298 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
14299
14300 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
14301 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
14302 of each directory." t nil)
14303
14304 ;;;***
14305 \f
14306 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
14307 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
14308 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
14309 ;;;;;; 56483))
14310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
14311
14312 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
14313 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
14314 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
14315 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
14316
14317 To make use of this do something like:
14318
14319 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
14320
14321 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
14322
14323 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
14324 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
14325
14326 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
14327 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14328 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14329
14330 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
14331 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
14332
14333 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
14334 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
14335
14336 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
14337 is decided." t nil)
14338
14339 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
14340 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
14341
14342 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
14343 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14344 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14345
14346 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14347 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14348
14349 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14350 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14353 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14354
14355 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14356
14357 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14358
14359 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14360 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14361
14362 ;;;***
14363 \f
14364 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
14365 ;;;;;; 23455))
14366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14367
14368 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14369 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14370 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14371
14372 ;;;***
14373 \f
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14375 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14377
14378 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14379 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14380
14381 ;;;***
14382 \f
14383 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14384 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14385 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14387
14388 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14389 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14390
14391 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14392 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14393
14394 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14395 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14396
14397 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14398 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14399 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14400 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14401 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14402
14403 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14404 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14405
14406 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14407 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14408 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14410 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14411
14412 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14413
14414 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14415
14416 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14417 Toggle recentf mode.
14418 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14419 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14420
14421 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14422 were operated on recently." t nil)
14423
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14427 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14428 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14429 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15671
14430 ;;;;;; 1183))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14432
14433 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14434 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14435 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14436 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14437
14438 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
14439
14440 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14441 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14442 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14443 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14444 ends.
14445
14446 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14447 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14448 to be deleted." t nil)
14449
14450 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14451 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14452 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14453
14454 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14455 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14456 deleted." nil nil)
14457
14458 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14459 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14460 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14461
14462 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14463 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14464
14465 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14466 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14467
14468 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14469 deleted." t nil)
14470
14471 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14472 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14473
14474 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14475 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14476 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14477 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14478 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14479 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14480 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14481
14482 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14483 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14484
14485 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14486 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14487
14488 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14489 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14490 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14491
14492 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14493
14494 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14495 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14496 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14497 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14498 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14499
14500 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14501 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14502
14503 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14504 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14505 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14506
14507 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14508
14509 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14510
14511 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14512 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14513
14514 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14515 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14516 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14517
14518 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14519 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14520 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14521
14522 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14523 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14524 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14525
14526 ;;;***
14527 \f
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14529 ;;;;;; 31658))
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14531
14532 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14533 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14534 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14535
14536 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14537 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14538 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14539
14540 ;;;***
14541 \f
14542 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14543 ;;;;;; (15712 9991))
14544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14545
14546 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14547 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14548
14549 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14550 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14551
14552 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14553 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14554
14555 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14556 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14557 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14558 \\ref macro.
14559
14560 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14561 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14562 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14563
14564 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14565 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14566 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14567
14568 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14569 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14570
14571 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14572 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14573
14574 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14575 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14576 on the menu bar.
14577
14578 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14579
14580 ;;;***
14581 \f
14582 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14583 ;;;;;; (15683 14757))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14585
14586 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14587 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14588 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14589 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14590 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
14591 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14592
14593 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14594
14595 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14596
14597 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14598 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14599 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14600 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14601
14602 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14603 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14604 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14605 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14606
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (15683 14757))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14612
14613 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14614 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14615 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14616
14617 To insert new phrases, use
14618 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14619 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14620
14621 To index phrases use one of:
14622
14623 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14624 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14625 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14626 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14627 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14628
14629 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14630 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14631
14632 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14633
14634 Here are all local bindings.
14635
14636 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14637
14638 ;;;***
14639 \f
14640 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14641 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
14642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14643
14644 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14645 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14646 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14647 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14648 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14649 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14650
14651 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14652 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14653
14654 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14655 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14656
14657 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14658 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14659 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14660 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14661
14662 ;;;***
14663 \f
14664 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14665 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14666
14667 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14668 Repeat most recently executed command.
14669 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14670 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14671 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14672
14673 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14674 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14675 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14676
14677 ;;;***
14678 \f
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14680 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14682
14683 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14684 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14685
14686 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14687 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14688 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14689 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14690 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14691 and point is left after the salutation.
14692
14693 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14694 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14695 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14696 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14697 left after that text.
14698
14699 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14700 is non-nil.
14701
14702 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14703 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14704 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14705 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14706
14707 ;;;***
14708 \f
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14710 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14712
14713 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14714 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14715 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14716 visibility of comments that precede it.
14717 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14718 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14719 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14720 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14721 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14722 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14723 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14724 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14725 the comment lines.
14726 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14727 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14728 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14729 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14730 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14731 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14732
14733 ;;;***
14734 \f
14735 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14736 ;;;;;; 50658))
14737 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14738
14739 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14740 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14741
14742 ;;;***
14743 \f
14744 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14745 ;;;;;; (15593 36678))
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14747
14748 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14749 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14750 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14751
14752 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14753 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14754 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14755
14756 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14757 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14758 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14760 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14761
14762 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14763
14764 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14765
14766 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14767 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14768 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14769
14770 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14771 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14772 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14773
14774 ;;;***
14775 \f
14776 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14777 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14778 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15577 18154))
14779 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14780
14781 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14782 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14783 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14784 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14785 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14786
14787 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14788 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14789 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14790 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14791 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14792
14793 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14794 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14795 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14797 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14798
14799 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14800
14801 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14802
14803 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14804 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14805 When active, any part of the filename being read in the minibuffer
14806 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14807 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14808 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14809 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14810
14811 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14812 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14813
14814 ;;;***
14815 \f
14816 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14817 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14819
14820 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14821 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14822
14823 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14824 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14825
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14830 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14831
14832 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14833 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14834 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14835 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14836
14837 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14838
14839 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14840 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14841 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14842 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14843
14844 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14845 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14846
14847 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14848 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14849
14850 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14851 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14852 INPUT-ARGS.
14853
14854 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14855 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14856 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14857 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14858 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14859
14860 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14861 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14862 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14863 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14864
14865 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14866 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14867 variable." t nil)
14868
14869 ;;;***
14870 \f
14871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14872 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14873 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14874 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14875 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14876 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14877 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15712 9990))
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14879
14880 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14881 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14882 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14883 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14884
14885 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14886 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14887 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14888 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14889 value is the user's email address and name.)
14890 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14891
14892 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14893 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14894 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14895 which normally happens once for each message,
14896 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14897 To make a change in this variable take effect
14898 for a message that you have already viewed,
14899 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14900
14901 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14902 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14903 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14904 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14905
14906 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14907 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14908
14909 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14910 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14911 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14912 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14913
14914 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14915 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14916
14917 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14918 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14919
14920 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14921 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14922 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14923 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14924 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14925
14926 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14927 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14928
14929 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14930 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14931
14932 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14933 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14934
14935 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14936 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14937
14938 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14939 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14940
14941 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14942 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14943
14944 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14945 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14946
14947 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14948 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14949
14950 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14951 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14952 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14953 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14954
14955 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14956 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14957
14958 This is set to nil by default.")
14959
14960 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14961 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14962 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14963 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14964 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14965
14966 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14967 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14968 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14969 It is called with no argument.")
14970
14971 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14972 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14973 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14974 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14975 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14976 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14977 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14978
14979 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14980 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14981 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14982 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14983 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14984 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14985
14986 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14987 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14988 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14989 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14990 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14991
14992 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14993 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14994 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14995 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14996 MSG is the message number,
14997 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14998 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14999
15000 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
15001 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
15002 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
15003 this feature is required with `require'.")
15004
15005 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
15006 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
15007 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
15008 the message is decoded as normal way.
15009
15010 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
15011 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
15012 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
15013
15014 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
15015 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
15016 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
15017
15018 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
15019 Read and edit incoming mail.
15020 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
15021 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
15022 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
15023
15024 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
15025 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
15026 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
15027 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
15028
15029 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
15030
15031 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
15032 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
15033 All normal editing commands are turned off.
15034 Instead, these commands are available:
15035
15036 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
15037 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
15038 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
15039 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
15040 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
15041 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
15042 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
15043 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
15044 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
15045 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
15046 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
15047 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
15048 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
15049 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
15050 till a deleted message is found.
15051 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
15052 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
15053 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
15054 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
15055 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
15056 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
15057 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
15058 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
15059 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
15060 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
15061 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
15062 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
15063 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
15064 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
15065 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
15066 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
15067 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
15068 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
15069 (label defaults to last one specified).
15070 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
15071 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
15072 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
15073 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
15074 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
15075 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
15076 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
15077 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
15078 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
15081 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
15084 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
15085
15086 ;;;***
15087 \f
15088 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
15089 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15090 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
15091
15092 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
15093 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
15094
15095 ;;;***
15096 \f
15097 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
15098 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
15099 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
15100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
15101
15102 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15103 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15104 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15105
15106 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15107 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15108 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15109
15110 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
15111
15112 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15113 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
15114 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15115 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15116 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15117
15118 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15119 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
15120 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15121 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15122 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15123
15124 ;;;***
15125 \f
15126 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
15127 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
15129
15130 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
15131 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
15132 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
15133 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
15134
15135 ;;;***
15136 \f
15137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
15138 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
15139 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
15140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
15141
15142 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
15143 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
15144 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
15145 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
15146 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
15147 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
15148 a file name as a string.")
15149
15150 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
15151 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
15152 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
15153 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
15154 buffer visiting that file.
15155 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
15156 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
15157
15158 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
15159 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15160
15161 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15162 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15163
15164 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
15165 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
15166
15167 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
15168 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
15169
15170 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
15171 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
15172 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15173 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15174 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
15175
15176 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
15177 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
15178 will be appended with their original headers.
15179
15180 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
15181 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15182
15183 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
15184 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
15185
15186 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
15189 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
15190 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
15191
15192 ;;;***
15193 \f
15194 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
15195 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
15196 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
15197 ;;;;;; 49575))
15198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
15199
15200 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
15201 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
15202 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15203
15204 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
15205 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
15206 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
15209 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
15210 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15211
15212 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
15213 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
15214 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15215
15216 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
15217 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
15218 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
15221 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
15222 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
15225 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
15226 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
15227 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
15228
15229 ;;;***
15230 \f
15231 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
15232 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
15233 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
15234 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
15235 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 61373))
15236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
15237
15238 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
15239 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
15240
15241 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
15242 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
15243
15244 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
15245 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
15246
15247 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
15248 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
15249 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
15250
15251 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
15252 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
15253 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
15254 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15255 only look in the To and From fields.
15256 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15257
15258 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
15259 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
15260 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
15261 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
15262 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
15265 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
15266 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
15267 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15268 look in the whole message.
15269 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15270
15271 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
15272 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
15273 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
15274
15275 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
15276 *Function to decode summary-line.
15277
15278 By default, `identity' is set.")
15279
15280 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
15281 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
15282 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
15283 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
15284 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
15285 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
15286 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
15287
15288 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
15289 sent by you under different user names.
15290 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
15291
15292 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
15293
15294 ;;;***
15295 \f
15296 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
15297 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15298 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
15299
15300 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
15301 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
15302 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
15303 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
15304
15305 ;;;***
15306 \f
15307 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
15308 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
15309 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
15310
15311 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
15312 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
15313
15314 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
15315 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
15316
15317 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
15318 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
15321 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
15322 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
15323
15324 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
15325 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
15326 in rot 13.
15327
15328 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
15331 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
15332
15333 ;;;***
15334 \f
15335 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
15336 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
15337 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
15338 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
15339 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
15341
15342 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
15343 *This variable is obsolete.")
15344
15345 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15346
15347 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
15348
15349 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
15350 *This variable is obsolete.")
15351
15352 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
15353 *This variable is obsolete.")
15354
15355 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
15356 *This variable is obsolete.")
15357
15358 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15359 *This variable is obsolete.")
15360
15361 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15362 *This variable is obsolete.")
15363
15364 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15365 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15366
15367 ;;;***
15368 \f
15369 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15583
15370 ;;;;;; 13479))
15371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15372
15373 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15374 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15375
15376 ;;;***
15377 \f
15378 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
15379 ;;;;;; 6955))
15380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15381
15382 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15383 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15384 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15385 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15386
15387 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15388 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15389 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15390
15391 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15392 notation.
15393
15394 STRING
15395 matches string STRING literally.
15396
15397 CHAR
15398 matches character CHAR literally.
15399
15400 `not-newline'
15401 matches any character except a newline.
15402 .
15403 `anything'
15404 matches any character
15405
15406 `(any SET)'
15407 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15408 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15409
15410 '(in SET)'
15411 like `any'.
15412
15413 `(not (any SET))'
15414 matches any character not in SET
15415
15416 `line-start'
15417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15418 in the text being matched
15419
15420 `line-end'
15421 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15422
15423 `string-start'
15424 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15425 string being matched against.
15426
15427 `string-end'
15428 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15429 string being matched against.
15430
15431 `buffer-start'
15432 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15433 buffer being matched against.
15434
15435 `buffer-end'
15436 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15437 buffer being matched against.
15438
15439 `point'
15440 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15441
15442 `word-start'
15443 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15444 word.
15445
15446 `word-end'
15447 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15448
15449 `word-boundary'
15450 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15451 word.
15452
15453 `(not word-boundary)'
15454 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15455 word.
15456
15457 `digit'
15458 matches 0 through 9.
15459
15460 `control'
15461 matches ASCII control characters.
15462
15463 `hex-digit'
15464 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15465
15466 `blank'
15467 matches space and tab only.
15468
15469 `graphic'
15470 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15471 space, and DEL.
15472
15473 `printing'
15474 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15475 and DEL.
15476
15477 `alphanumeric'
15478 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15479 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15480
15481 `letter'
15482 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15483 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15484
15485 `ascii'
15486 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15487
15488 `nonascii'
15489 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15490
15491 `lower'
15492 matches anything lower-case.
15493
15494 `upper'
15495 matches anything upper-case.
15496
15497 `punctuation'
15498 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15499 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15500
15501 `space'
15502 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15503
15504 `word'
15505 matches anything that has word syntax.
15506
15507 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
15508 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15509 of the following symbols.
15510
15511 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15512 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15513 `word' (\\sw)
15514 `symbol' (\\s_)
15515 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15516 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15517 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15518 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15519 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15520 `escape' (\\s\\)
15521 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15522 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15523 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15524
15525 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15526 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15527
15528 `(category CATEGORY)'
15529 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15530 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15531
15532 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15533 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15534 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15535 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15536 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15537 `symbol' (\\c5)
15538 `digit' (\\c6)
15539 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15540 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15541 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15542 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15543 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15544 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15545 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15546 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15547 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15548 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15549 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15550 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15551 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15552 `ascii' (\\ca)
15553 `arabic' (\\cb)
15554 `chinese' (\\cc)
15555 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15556 `greek' (\\cg)
15557 `korean' (\\ch)
15558 `indian' (\\ci)
15559 `japanese' (\\cj)
15560 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15561 `latin' (\\cl)
15562 `lao' (\\co)
15563 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15564 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15565 `thai' (\\ct)
15566 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15567 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15568 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15569 `can-break' (\\c|)
15570
15571 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15572 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15573
15574 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15575 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15576
15577 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15578 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15579 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15580
15581 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15582 another name for `submatch'.
15583
15584 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15585 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15586 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15587 regular expression.
15588
15589 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15590 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15591 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15592 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15593 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15594
15595 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15596 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15597
15598 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15599 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15600
15601 `(0+ SEXP)'
15602 like `zero-or-more'.
15603
15604 `(* SEXP)'
15605 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15606
15607 `(*? SEXP)'
15608 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15609
15610 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15611 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15612
15613 `(1+ SEXP)'
15614 like `one-or-more'.
15615
15616 `(+ SEXP)'
15617 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15618
15619 `(+? SEXP)'
15620 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15621
15622 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15623 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15624
15625 `(optional SEXP)'
15626 like `zero-or-one'.
15627
15628 `(? SEXP)'
15629 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15630
15631 `(?? SEXP)'
15632 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15633
15634 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15635 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15636
15637 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15638 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15639
15640 `(eval FORM)'
15641 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15642 `regexp-quote' it.
15643
15644 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15645 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15646
15647 ;;;***
15648 \f
15649 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15650 ;;;;;; (15651 7291))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15652
15653 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15654 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15655 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15656
15657 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15658 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15659 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15660 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15661 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15662 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15663 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15664 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15665
15666 Commands:
15667 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15668 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15669 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15670 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15671 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15674 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15675 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15676
15677 Commands:
15678 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15679 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15680 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15681 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15682 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15683 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15684
15685 ;;;***
15686 \f
15687 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15688 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15690
15691 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15692 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15693 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15694
15695 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15696
15697 ;;;***
15698 \f
15699 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15700 ;;;;;; 10702))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15702
15703 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15704 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15705 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15706 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15707
15708 Interesting variables:
15709
15710 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15711 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15712
15713 `scribe-electric-quote'
15714 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15715
15716 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15717 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15718 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15719
15720 ;;;***
15721 \f
15722 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
15723 ;;;;;; (15704 51484))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15725
15726 (defvar scroll-all-mode "Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.\nWith ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.\nWhen Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window\napply to all visible windows in the same frame." "\
15727 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
15728 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15730 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15731
15732 (custom-add-to-group (quote scroll-all) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15733
15734 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15735
15736 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15737 *SL*" t nil)
15738
15739 ;;;***
15740 \f
15741 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15742 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
15743 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
15744 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
15745 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
15746 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15593 24726))
15747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15748
15749 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15750 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15751
15752 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15753 king@grassland.com
15754 If `parens', they look like:
15755 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15756 If `angles', they look like:
15757 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15758 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15759 derived from the envelope-from address.
15760
15761 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15762 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15763 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15764 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15765
15766 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15767 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15768 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15769 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15770
15771 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15772 is a privileged operation.")
15773
15774 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15775 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15776 This is done when the message is initialized,
15777 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15778
15779 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15780 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15781 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15782
15783 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15784 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15785
15786 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15787 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15788 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15789 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15790 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15791 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15792 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15793
15794 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15795 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15796
15797 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15798 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15799 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15800
15801 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15802 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15803 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15804 when you first send mail.")
15805
15806 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15807 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15808 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15809 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15810 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15811
15812 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15813 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15814 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15815 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15816 This file need not actually exist.")
15817
15818 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15819 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15820 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15821 If a string, that string is inserted.
15822 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15823 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15824 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15825 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15826
15827 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
15828 *Directory for mail buffers.
15829 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
15830 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
15831
15832 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15833 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15834 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15835 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15836 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15837 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15838 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15839 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15840 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15841 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15842 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15843 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15844 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15845 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15846 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15847
15848 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15849 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15850 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15851 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15852 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15853 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15854
15855 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15856 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15857 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15858
15859 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15860 User should not set this variable manually,
15861 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15862 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15863 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15864 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15865
15866 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15867 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15868 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15869 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15870
15871 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15872 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15873
15874 \\<mail-mode-map>
15875 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15876
15877 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15878 to move to message header fields:
15879 \\{mail-mode-map}
15880
15881 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15882 when the message is initialized.
15883
15884 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15885 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15886
15887 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15888 is inserted.
15889
15890 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15891 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15892
15893 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15894 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15895
15896 The second through fifth arguments,
15897 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15898 the initial contents of those header fields.
15899 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15900 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15901 original message being replied to, or else an action
15902 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15903 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15904 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15905 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15906 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15907 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15910 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15911
15912 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15913 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15708 56871))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15919
15920 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15921 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15922 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15923 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15924 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15925 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15926
15927 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15928
15929 ;;;***
15930 \f
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15932 ;;;;;; (15664 47250))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15934
15935 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15936 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15937 Makes > match <.
15938 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15939 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15940
15941 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15942 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15943 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15944
15945 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15946 your `.emacs' file.
15947
15948 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15949
15950 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15951 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15952 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15955 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15956 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15957 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15958 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15959 which this is based.
15960
15961 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15962
15963 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15964 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15965 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15966 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15967
15968 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15969 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15970 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15971
15972 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15973 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15974 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15975 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15976
15977 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15978 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15979 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15980 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15981
15982 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15983
15984 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15985 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15986 To work around that, do:
15987 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15988
15989 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15996
15997 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15998
15999 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
16000 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
16001 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
16002 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
16003 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
16004 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
16005
16006 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
16007 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
16008 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
16009 shell-specific features.
16010
16011 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
16012 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
16013 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
16014
16015 \\[sh-case] case statement
16016 \\[sh-for] for loop
16017 \\[sh-function] function definition
16018 \\[sh-if] if statement
16019 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
16020 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
16021 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
16022 \\[sh-select] select loop
16023 \\[sh-until] until loop
16024 \\[sh-while] while loop
16025
16026 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
16027 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
16028 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
16029 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
16030 would indent to the way it currently is.
16031 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
16032 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
16033
16034
16035 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
16036 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
16037 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
16038 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
16039 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
16040 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
16041
16042 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
16043 {, (, [, ', \", `
16044 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
16045
16046 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
16047 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
16048 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
16049
16050 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
16051 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
16052
16053 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
16054
16055 ;;;***
16056 \f
16057 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
16058 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
16060
16061 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
16062 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
16063
16064 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
16065 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
16066 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
16067 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
16068 the earlier.
16069
16070 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
16071
16072 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
16073
16074 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
16075 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
16076 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
16077
16078 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
16079 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
16080
16081 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
16082 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
16083 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
16084 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
16085 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
16086 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
16087 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
16088 emacs version).
16089
16090 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
16091 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
16092 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
16093 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
16094 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
16095
16096 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
16097 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
16098 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
16099
16100 ;;;***
16101 \f
16102 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
16103 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
16104 ;;;;;; 450))
16105 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
16106
16107 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
16108 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
16109 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
16110 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
16111 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
16112 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
16113 in the cluster." t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
16116 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
16117 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
16118 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
16119 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
16122 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
16123 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
16124 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
16125 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
16126 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
16127 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16128
16129 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
16130 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
16131
16132 ;;;***
16133 \f
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
16135 ;;;;;; (15651 7287))
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
16137
16138 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
16139 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
16140 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
16141 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
16142 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
16143 arguments.")
16144
16145 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
16146 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
16147 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
16148 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
16149 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
16150 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
16151 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
16152 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
16153 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
16154 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
16155 discards input when it starts up.)
16156 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
16157 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
16158 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
16159
16160 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16161 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16162 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16163 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
16164 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16165 `default-process-coding-system'.
16166
16167 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
16168 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
16169 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
16170 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
16171
16172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16173 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
16174
16175 ;;;***
16176 \f
16177 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
16178 ;;;;;; 11051))
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
16180
16181 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
16182 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
16183 \\{simula-mode-map}
16184 Variables controlling indentation style:
16185 simula-tab-always-indent
16186 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
16187 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16188 simula-indent-level
16189 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
16190 simula-substatement-offset
16191 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
16192 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
16193 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
16194 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
16195 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
16196 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
16197 simula-label-offset -4711
16198 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
16199 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
16200 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
16201 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
16202 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
16203 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
16204 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
16205 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
16206 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
16207 simula-electric-indent nil
16208 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
16209 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
16210 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
16211 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
16212 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
16213 or nil if they should not be changed.
16214 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
16215 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
16216 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
16217 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
16218
16219 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
16220 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
16221
16222 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
16223 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
16224 at all." t nil)
16225
16226 ;;;***
16227 \f
16228 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
16229 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
16230 ;;;;;; (15585 20334))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
16232
16233 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
16234 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
16235
16236 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
16237 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
16238 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
16239 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
16240 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
16241
16242 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
16243 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16244 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16245 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16246 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16247 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16248 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16249
16250 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16251 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16252 ignored." t nil)
16253
16254 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
16255 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16256 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16257 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16258 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16259 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16260 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16261
16262 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16263 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16264 ignored." t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
16267 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
16268
16269 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
16270 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
16271 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
16272 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
16273
16274 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
16275 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
16276 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
16277 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
16278
16279 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
16280 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
16281 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
16282
16283 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
16284 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
16285
16286 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
16287 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
16288
16289 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
16290 _ interesting point, interregion here
16291 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
16292 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
16293 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
16294 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
16295 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
16296 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
16297 nil skipped
16298
16299 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
16300 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
16301
16302 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
16303 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
16304 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
16305 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
16306 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
16307 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
16308 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
16309 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
16310
16311 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
16312 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
16313 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
16314 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
16315 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
16316 available:
16317
16318 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
16319 then: insert previously read string once more
16320 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
16321 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
16322 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
16323
16324 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
16325 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
16326
16327 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
16328 Insert the character you type ARG times.
16329
16330 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
16331 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
16332 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
16333 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
16334 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
16335 such as backslash.
16336
16337 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
16338 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
16339 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
16340
16341 ;;;***
16342 \f
16343 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15707
16344 ;;;;;; 34351))
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
16346
16347 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
16348 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
16349 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
16350
16351 ;;;***
16352 \f
16353 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
16354 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
16355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
16356
16357 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
16358 Display textual smileys as images.
16359 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
16360 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
16361 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16362
16363 ;;;***
16364 \f
16365 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16366 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
16367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16368
16369 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16370
16371 ;;;***
16372 \f
16373 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16374 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16375
16376 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16377 Play the Snake game.
16378 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16379
16380 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16381
16382 Snake mode keybindings:
16383 \\<snake-mode-map>
16384 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16385 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16386 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16387 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16388 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16389 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16390 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16391
16392 ;;;***
16393 \f
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16395 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16397
16398 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16399 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16400 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16401 Tab indents for C code.
16402 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16403 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16404 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16405 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16406 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16407
16408 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16409 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16410 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16411 Tab indents for C code.
16412 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16413 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16414 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16415 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16416 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16417
16418 ;;;***
16419 \f
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16421 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16422 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15683 14756))
16423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16424
16425 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16426 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16427
16428 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16429 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16430 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16431
16432 For example, the form
16433
16434 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16435 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16436
16437 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16438
16439 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16440 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16441
16442 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16443 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16444 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16445 York City.
16446
16447 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16448
16449 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16450 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16451
16452 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16453 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16454 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16455 York City.
16456
16457 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16458
16459 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16460 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16461 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16462 pair.
16463
16464 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16465
16466 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16467 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16468 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16469
16470 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16471 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16472
16473 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16474
16475 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16476 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16477 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16478
16479 ;;;***
16480 \f
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16482 ;;;;;; 37711))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16484
16485 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16486 Play Solitaire.
16487
16488 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16489 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16490 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16491 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16492 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16493 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16494 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16495 check after each move or undo)
16496
16497 What is Solitaire?
16498
16499 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16500 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16501 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16502
16503 Le Solitaire
16504 ============
16505
16506 o o o
16507
16508 o o o
16509
16510 o o o o o o o
16511
16512 o o o . o o o
16513
16514 o o o o o o o
16515
16516 o o o
16517
16518 o o o
16519
16520 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16521 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16522 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16523 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16524
16525 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16526 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16527 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16528 this: o o .
16529
16530 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16531 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16532
16533 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16534
16535 o o o
16536
16537 . o o
16538
16539 o o . o o o o
16540
16541 o . o o o o o
16542
16543 o o o o o o o
16544
16545 o o o
16546
16547 o o o
16548
16549 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16550
16551 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16552
16553 ;;;***
16554 \f
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16556 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16557 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16559
16560 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16561 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16562 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16563
16564 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16565 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16566 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16567 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16568 contiguous.
16569
16570 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16571 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16572 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16573 the sort order.
16574
16575 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16576 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16577
16578 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16579 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16580 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16581 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16582 is called.
16583
16584 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16585 It should move point to the end of the record.
16586
16587 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16588 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16589 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16590 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16591 starts at the beginning of the record.
16592
16593 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16594 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16595 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16596
16597 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16598 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16599 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16600 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16601 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16602 the sort order." t nil)
16603
16604 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16605 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16606 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16607 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16609 the sort order." t nil)
16610
16611 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16612 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16613 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16614 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16616 the sort order." t nil)
16617
16618 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16619 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16620 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16621 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16622 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16623 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16624 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16625 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16626 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16627
16628 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16629 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16630 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16631 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16632 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16633 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16634 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16635 the sort order." t nil)
16636
16637 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16638 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16639 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16640 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16641 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16642 is to be used for sorting.
16643 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16644 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16645 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16646 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16647 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16648
16649 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16650
16651 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16652 the sort order.
16653
16654 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16655 starting with the letter \"f\",
16656 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16657
16658 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16659 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16660 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16661 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16662 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16663 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16664 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16665 the sort order.
16666
16667 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16668 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16669 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16670 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16671 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16672
16673 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16674 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16675 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16676
16677 ;;;***
16678 \f
16679 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16680 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15661 53042))
16681 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16682
16683 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16684
16685 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16686 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16687 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16688 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16689 supported at a time.
16690 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16691 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16694 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16695 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16696 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16697
16698 ;;;***
16699 \f
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16701 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16703
16704 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16705
16706 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16707 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16708 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16709 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16710 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16711 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16712
16713 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16714 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16715 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16716 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16717
16718 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16719 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16720 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16721 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16722 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16723
16724 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16725 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16730 ;;;;;; 44944))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16732
16733 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16734 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16735
16736 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16737 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16738
16739 ;;;***
16740 \f
16741 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16742 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16743 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16745
16746 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16747 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16748
16749 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16750 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16751
16752 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16753
16754 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16755 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16756
16757 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16758
16759 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16760 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16761 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16762 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16763 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16764 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16765 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16766
16767 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16768
16769 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16770 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16771 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16772 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16773
16774 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16775 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16776 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16777 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16778
16779 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16780 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16781 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16782
16783 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16784 Major mode to edit SQL.
16785
16786 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16787 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16788 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16789
16790 \\{sql-mode-map}
16791 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16792
16793 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16794 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16795 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16796 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16797 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16798 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16799
16800 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16801 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16802
16803 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16804 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16805 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16806
16807 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16808 (lambda ()
16809 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16810
16811 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16812 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16813
16814 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16815 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16816 `*SQL*'.
16817
16818 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16819 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16820 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16821 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16822
16823 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16825
16826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16828 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16831 `default-process-coding-system'.
16832
16833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16834
16835 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16836 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16837
16838 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16839 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16840 `*SQL*'.
16841
16842 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16843 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16844 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16845 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16846
16847 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16848 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16849
16850 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16851 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16852 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16853 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16854 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16855 `default-process-coding-system'.
16856
16857 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16858
16859 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16860 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16861
16862 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16863 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16864 `*SQL*'.
16865
16866 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16867 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16868
16869 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16870 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16871
16872 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16873 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16874 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16875 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16876 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16877 `default-process-coding-system'.
16878
16879 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16880
16881 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16882 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16883
16884 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16885
16886 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16887 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16888 `*SQL*'.
16889
16890 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16891 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16892 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16893 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16894
16895 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16897
16898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16899 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16900 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16903 `default-process-coding-system'.
16904
16905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16906
16907 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16908 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16909
16910 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16911 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16912 `*SQL*'.
16913
16914 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16915 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16916 defaults, if set.
16917
16918 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16919 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16920
16921 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16922 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16923 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16924 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16925 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16926 `default-process-coding-system'.
16927
16928 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16929
16930 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16931 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16932
16933 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16934 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16935 `*SQL*'.
16936
16937 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16938 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16939
16940 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16941 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16942
16943 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16944 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16945 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16946 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16947 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16948 `default-process-coding-system'.
16949
16950 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16951
16952 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16953 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16954
16955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16957 `*SQL*'.
16958
16959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16960 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16961 as defaults, if set.
16962
16963 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16964 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16965
16966 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16967 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16968 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16969 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16970 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16971 `default-process-coding-system'.
16972
16973 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16974
16975 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16976 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16977
16978 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16979 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16980 `*SQL*'.
16981
16982 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16983 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16984 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16985 `sql-postgres-options'.
16986
16987 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16988 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16989
16990 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16991 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16992 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16993 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16994 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16995 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16996 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16997 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16998
16999 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
17000 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
17001
17002 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17003
17004 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
17005 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
17006
17007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
17008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
17009 `*SQL*'.
17010
17011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
17012 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
17013 defaults, if set.
17014
17015 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
17016 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
17017
17018 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
17019 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
17020 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
17021 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
17022 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
17023 `default-process-coding-system'.
17024
17025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17026
17027 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
17028 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
17029
17030 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
17031 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
17032 `*SQL*'.
17033
17034 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
17035 automatic login.
17036
17037 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
17038 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
17039
17040 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
17041 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
17042 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
17043 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
17044
17045 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
17046 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
17047 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
17048 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
17049 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
17050 `default-process-coding-system'.
17051
17052 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17053
17054 ;;;***
17055 \f
17056 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
17057 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
17058 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
17059 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
17060 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15664
17061 ;;;;;; 47248))
17062 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
17063
17064 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
17065 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
17066 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
17067 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
17068 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
17069 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
17070
17071 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
17072 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
17073 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
17074 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
17075 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
17076 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
17077 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17078
17079 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17080 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
17081 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
17082 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
17083 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
17084 then complete the stroke with button 3.
17085 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17086
17087 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
17088 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17089 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17090
17091 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17092 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17093 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17094
17095 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
17096 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
17099 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
17100
17101 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
17102 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
17103
17104 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
17105 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
17106 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
17107 chronologically by command name.
17108 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
17109
17110 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
17111 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
17112 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17113 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17114 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
17115
17116 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17117
17118 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
17119
17120 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
17121 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
17122 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
17123 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
17124 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
17125 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
17126 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
17127
17128 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
17129 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
17130 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
17131 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
17132
17133 \\{strokes-mode-map}" t nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
17136 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
17137 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
17138 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17141 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
17142
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
17146 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
17147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
17148
17149 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
17150 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
17151
17152 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
17153 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
17154
17155 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
17156 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
17161 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
17162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
17163
17164 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
17165 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
17166 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
17167 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
17168 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
17169 original message but it does require a few things:
17170
17171 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
17172
17173 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
17174 reply buffer.
17175
17176 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
17177 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
17178 original message.
17179
17180 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
17181
17182 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
17183
17184 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
17185 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
17186 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
17187
17188 ;;;***
17189 \f
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
17191 ;;;;;; 44241))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
17193
17194 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
17195 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
17196 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
17197 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
17198
17199 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
17200 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
17201 avoid a more expansive scan.
17202 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
17203
17204 ;;;***
17205 \f
17206 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
17208
17209 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
17210 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
17211 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17212 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17213 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17214
17215 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
17216 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
17217 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
17218 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
17219 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17220 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17221 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17222
17223 ;;;***
17224 \f
17225 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
17226 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
17227 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
17228 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
17229 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
17230 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
17231 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
17232 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
17233 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
17234 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
17235 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
17236 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
17237 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15712 16962))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
17239
17240 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
17241 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
17242 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
17243
17244 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
17245 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
17246
17247 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
17248 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
17249
17250 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
17251 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
17252
17253 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
17254 Insert an editable text table.
17255 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
17256 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
17257 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
17258 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
17259 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
17260 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
17261 delimiting them.
17262
17263 Examples:
17264
17265 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
17266
17267 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
17268 location of point.
17269
17270 -!-
17271
17272 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
17273 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
17274 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
17275 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
17276 first cell.
17277
17278 +-----+-----+-----+
17279 |-!- | | |
17280 +-----+-----+-----+
17281
17282 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
17283
17284 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
17285 width, which results as
17286
17287 +--------------+-----+-----+
17288 |-!- | | |
17289 +--------------+-----+-----+
17290
17291 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
17292 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
17293
17294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17295 | | |-!- |
17296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17297
17298 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
17299 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
17300 width information to `table-insert'.
17301
17302 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
17303
17304 instead of
17305
17306 Cell width(s): 5
17307
17308 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
17309 work all together.
17310
17311 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
17312 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
17313
17314 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17315 |-!- | | |
17316 | | | |
17317 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17318
17319 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
17320
17321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17322 |-!- | | |
17323 | | | |
17324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17325 | | | |
17326 | | | |
17327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17328
17329 Move the point under the table as shown below.
17330
17331 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17332 | | | |
17333 | | | |
17334 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17335 | | | |
17336 | | | |
17337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17338 -!-
17339
17340 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
17341 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
17342 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
17343
17344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17345 | | | |
17346 | | | |
17347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17348 | | | |
17349 | | | |
17350 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17351 |-!- | | |
17352 | | | |
17353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17354
17355 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
17356 results.
17357
17358 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17359 | | | |
17360 | | | |
17361 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17362 | | |Text editing inside the table |
17363 | | |cell produces reasonably |
17364 | | |expected results.-!- |
17365 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17366 | | | |
17367 | | | |
17368 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17369
17370 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
17371
17372 \\{table-cell-map}
17373 " t nil)
17374
17375 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
17376 Insert N table row(s).
17377 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
17378 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
17379 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
17380 are appended at the bottom of the table." t nil)
17381
17382 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
17383 Insert N table column(s).
17384 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
17385 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
17386 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
17387 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table." t nil)
17388
17389 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
17390 Insert row(s) or column(s).
17391 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'." t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
17394 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
17395 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
17396 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
17397 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
17398 all the table specific features." t nil)
17399
17400 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" nil t nil)
17401
17402 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
17403 Recognize all tables within region.
17404 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
17405 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
17406 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
17407 specific features." t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" nil t nil)
17410
17411 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
17412 Recognize a table at point.
17413 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
17414 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
17415 the table specific features." t nil)
17416
17417 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" nil t nil)
17418
17419 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
17420 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
17421 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
17422 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
17423 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
17424 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
17425 plain text and loses all the table specific features." t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" nil t nil)
17428
17429 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
17430 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
17431 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
17432 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
17433 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
17434 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
17435 specified." t nil)
17436
17437 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
17438 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
17439 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
17440 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
17441 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
17442 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
17443 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
17444 table structure." t nil)
17445
17446 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
17447 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
17448 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
17449 table's rectangle structure." t nil)
17450
17451 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
17452 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
17453 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
17454 table's rectangle structure." t nil)
17455
17456 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
17457 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
17458 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
17459 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
17460 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
17461
17462 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
17463
17464 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
17465 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
17466 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
17467
17468 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
17469 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
17470 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
17471 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
17472 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
17473 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
17474 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
17475
17476 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17477 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
17478 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
17479 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
17480 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
17481 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
17482 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17483
17484 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
17485 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
17486 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
17487 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
17488 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
17489 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
17490 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
17491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17492 " t nil)
17493
17494 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
17495 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
17496 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
17497 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells." t nil)
17498
17499 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
17500 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
17501 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below." t nil)
17502
17503 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
17504 Split current cell vertically.
17505 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location." t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
17508 Split current cell horizontally.
17509 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location." t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
17512 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
17513 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically." t nil)
17514
17515 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
17516 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
17517 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
17518 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none." t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
17521 Justify cell contents.
17522 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
17523 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
17524 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
17525 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified." t nil)
17526
17527 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
17528 Justify cells of a row.
17529 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
17530 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical." t nil)
17531
17532 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
17533 Justify cells of a column.
17534 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
17535 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical." t nil)
17536
17537 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
17538 Toggle fixing width mode.
17539 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
17540 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
17541 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines." t nil)
17542
17543 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
17544 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
17545 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
17546 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
17547 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
17548 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
17549 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
17550 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
17551 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
17552 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
17553 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported." t nil)
17554
17555 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
17556 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
17557 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
17558 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
17559 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
17560 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
17561 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
17562 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
17563 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
17564 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
17565 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
17566 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
17567 untouched.
17568
17569 References used for this implementation:
17570
17571 HTML:
17572 http://www.w3.org
17573
17574 LaTeX:
17575 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
17576
17577 CALS (DocBook DTD):
17578 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
17579 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
17580 " t nil)
17581
17582 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
17583 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
17584 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
17585 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
17586 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
17587 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
17588 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
17589 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
17590 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
17591 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
17592 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
17593 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
17594 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
17595 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
17596 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
17597 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
17598 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
17599
17600 Example:
17601
17602 (progn
17603 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
17604 (table-forward-cell 15)
17605 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
17606 (table-forward-cell 16)
17607 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
17608 (table-forward-cell 1)
17609 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
17610
17611 (progn
17612 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
17613 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
17614 (table-forward-cell 1)
17615 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
17616 " t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
17619 Delete N row(s) of cells.
17620 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
17621 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
17622 consists from cells of same height." t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
17625 Delete N column(s) of cells.
17626 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
17627 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
17628 column must consists from cells of same width." t nil)
17629
17630 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
17631 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
17632 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
17633 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
17634 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
17635 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
17636 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
17637 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
17638 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
17639 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
17640 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
17641 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
17642 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
17643 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
17644 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
17645
17646
17647 Example 1:
17648
17649 1, 2, 3, 4
17650 5, 6, 7, 8
17651 , 9, 10
17652
17653 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
17654 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
17655 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
17656 specified as 5.
17657
17658 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17659 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
17660 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17661 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
17662 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17663 | | 9 | 10 | |
17664 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17665
17666 Note:
17667
17668 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
17669 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
17670 of each row is optional.
17671
17672
17673 Example 2:
17674
17675 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
17676 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
17677 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
17678 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
17679 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
17680
17681 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
17682 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
17683
17684 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
17685 expression and raw delimiter regular
17686 expression, it parses the specified text
17687 area and extracts cell items from
17688 non-table text and then forms a table out
17689 of them.
17690
17691 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
17692 creates a single cell table. The text in
17693 the specified region is placed in that
17694 cell.-*-
17695
17696 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
17697 like this.
17698
17699 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17700 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
17701 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
17702 | |
17703 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
17704 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
17705 | expression, it parses the specified text |
17706 | area and extracts cell items from |
17707 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
17708 | of them. |
17709 | |
17710 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
17711 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
17712 | the specified region is placed in that |
17713 | cell. |
17714 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17715
17716 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
17717 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
17718 independently.
17719
17720 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17721 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
17722 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
17723 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17724 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
17725 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
17726 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
17727 | |area and extracts cell items from |
17728 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
17729 | |of them. |
17730 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17731 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
17732 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
17733 | |the specified region is placed in that |
17734 | |cell. |
17735 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17736
17737 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
17738 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
17739 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
17740 " t nil)
17741
17742 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
17743 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
17744 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
17745 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
17746 `table-capture' which does the opposite process." t nil)
17747
17748 ;;;***
17749 \f
17750 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
17752
17753 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
17754 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
17755
17756 ;;;***
17757 \f
17758 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15712 9990))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
17760
17761 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
17762 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
17763 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
17764 Letters no longer insert themselves.
17765 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
17766 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
17767 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
17768
17769 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
17770 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
17771 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
17772 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
17773
17774 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
17775 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
17776
17777 ;;;***
17778 \f
17779 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
17780 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
17781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
17782
17783 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
17784 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
17785 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
17786 Tab indents for Tcl code.
17787 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
17788 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17789
17790 Variables controlling indentation style:
17791 `tcl-indent-level'
17792 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
17793 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
17794 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
17795
17796 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
17797 documentation for details):
17798 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
17799 Controls action of TAB key.
17800 `tcl-auto-newline'
17801 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
17802 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
17803 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
17804 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
17805 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
17806
17807 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
17808 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
17809 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
17810 already exist.
17811
17812 Commands:
17813 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
17816 Run inferior Tcl process.
17817 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
17818 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
17821 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
17822 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
17828 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17829
17830 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
17831 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17832 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
17833 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
17834 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
17835 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
17836 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17837 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
17838
17839 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
17840 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17841 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
17842 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17843
17844 ;;;***
17845 \f
17846 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
17847 ;;;;;; 60240))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
17849
17850 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
17851 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
17852 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
17853 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
17854 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
17855 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
17856
17857 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
17858 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
17861 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17862
17863 ;;;***
17864 \f
17865 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
17866 ;;;;;; 38811))
17867 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
17868
17869 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
17870 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
17871 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
17872 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
17873 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
17874 program as keyboard input.
17875
17876 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
17877 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
17878 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
17879 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17880
17881 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17882 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17883 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17884 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17885 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17886
17887 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17888
17889 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17890 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17891 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17892 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17893
17894 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17895 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17896 subprocess started." t nil)
17897
17898 ;;;***
17899 \f
17900 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17902
17903 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17904 Play the Tetris game.
17905 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17906 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17907 as to form complete rows.
17908
17909 tetris-mode keybindings:
17910 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17911 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17912 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17913 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17914 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17915 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17916 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17917 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17918 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17919
17920 " t nil)
17921
17922 ;;;***
17923 \f
17924 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17925 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17926 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17927 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17928 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17929 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17930 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17931 ;;;;;; (15666 2624))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17933
17934 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17935 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17936
17937 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17938 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17939 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17940 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17941 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17942
17943 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17944 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17945 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17946 if it matches the first line of the file,
17947 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17948
17949 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17950 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17951 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17952 if the variable is non-nil.")
17953
17954 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17955 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17956
17957 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17958 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17959 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17960 See the documentation of that variable.")
17961
17962 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17963 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17964 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17965 See the documentation of that variable.")
17966
17967 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17968 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17969 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17970 See the documentation of that variable.")
17971
17972 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
17973 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17974 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
17975 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
17976 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17977
17978 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17979 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17980 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
17981 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17982
17983 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17984 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17985 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17986
17987 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17988 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17989 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17990 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17991
17992 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17993 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17994 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17995 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17996
17997 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17998 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17999 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18000 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
18001
18002 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
18003 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
18004 for example,
18005
18006 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18007 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
18008
18009 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
18010 use.")
18011
18012 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
18013 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
18014 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18015 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
18016
18017 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
18018 window system being used. For example,
18019
18020 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
18021 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
18022
18023 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
18024 otherwise.")
18025
18026 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
18027 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
18028 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
18029
18030 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
18031 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
18032 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
18033 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
18034 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
18035
18036 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
18037 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
18038
18039 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
18040 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
18041
18042 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18043 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
18044 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
18045 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
18046 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
18047 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
18048 says which mode to use." t nil)
18049
18050 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
18051
18052 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
18053
18054 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
18055
18056 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18057 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
18058 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18059 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18060 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18061
18062 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
18063 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
18064 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18065 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18066 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18067 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18068 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18069
18070 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18071 mismatched $'s or braces.
18072
18073 Special commands:
18074 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
18075
18076 Mode variables:
18077 tex-run-command
18078 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18079 tex-directory
18080 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
18081 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18082 tex-dvi-print-command
18083 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18084 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18085 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18086 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18087 tex-dvi-view-command
18088 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18089 tex-show-queue-command
18090 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18091 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18092
18093 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
18094 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
18095 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18096
18097 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18098 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
18099 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18100 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18101 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18102
18103 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
18104 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
18105 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18106 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18107 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18108 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18109 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18110
18111 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18112 mismatched $'s or braces.
18113
18114 Special commands:
18115 \\{latex-mode-map}
18116
18117 Mode variables:
18118 latex-run-command
18119 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18120 tex-directory
18121 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
18122 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18123 tex-dvi-print-command
18124 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18125 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18126 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18127 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18128 tex-dvi-view-command
18129 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18130 tex-show-queue-command
18131 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18132 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18133
18134 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
18135 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
18136 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18137
18138 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18139 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
18140 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18141 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18142 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18143
18144 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
18145 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
18146 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18147 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18148 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18149 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18150 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18151
18152 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18153 mismatched $'s or braces.
18154
18155 Special commands:
18156 \\{slitex-mode-map}
18157
18158 Mode variables:
18159 slitex-run-command
18160 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18161 tex-directory
18162 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
18163 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18164 tex-dvi-print-command
18165 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18166 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18167 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18168 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18169 tex-dvi-view-command
18170 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18171 tex-show-queue-command
18172 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18173 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18174
18175 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
18176 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
18177 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
18178 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18179
18180 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
18181
18182 ;;;***
18183 \f
18184 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
18185 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
18187
18188 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
18189 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
18190 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
18191 name specified in the @setfilename command.
18192
18193 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
18194 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
18195 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
18198 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
18199 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
18200 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
18201 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
18202
18203 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
18204 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
18205 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
18206 names specified in the @setfilename command.
18207
18208 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
18209 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
18210 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
18211 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
18212
18213 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
18214 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
18215
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
18219 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15656 53217))
18220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
18221
18222 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
18223 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
18224
18225 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
18226 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
18227
18228 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
18229 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
18230
18231 It has these extra commands:
18232 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
18233
18234 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
18235 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
18236 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
18237 modified version of TeX input format.
18238
18239 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
18240 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
18241 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
18242 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
18243
18244 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
18245 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
18246 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
18247 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
18248 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
18249 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
18250 in the Texinfo file.
18251
18252 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
18253 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
18254 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
18255 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
18256 move forward past the closing brace.
18257
18258 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
18259 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
18260
18261 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
18262 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
18263 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
18264
18265 Here are the functions:
18266
18267 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
18268 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
18269 texinfo-sequential-node-update
18270
18271 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
18272 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
18273 texinfo-master-menu
18274
18275 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
18276
18277 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
18278 which menu descriptions are indented.
18279
18280 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
18281 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
18282 in the region.
18283
18284 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
18285 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
18286 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
18287 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
18288
18289 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
18290 be the first node in the file.
18291
18292 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
18293 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
18298 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
18299 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
18301
18302 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
18303 Compose Thai characters in the region.
18304 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18305 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
18306
18307 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
18308 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
18309
18310 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
18311 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
18312
18313 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
18314
18315 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
18316 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
18317 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
18318 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
18319 to compose.
18320
18321 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
18322
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
18326 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
18327 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
18329
18330 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
18331 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
18332
18333 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
18334 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
18335 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
18336 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
18337 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
18338
18339 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
18340 a symbol as a valid THING.
18341
18342 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
18343 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
18344
18345 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
18346 Return the THING at point.
18347 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
18348 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
18349 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
18350
18351 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
18352 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
18353
18354 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18355
18356 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18357
18358 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18359
18360 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
18365 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
18366 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
18367 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
18368 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
18369 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
18371
18372 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
18373 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
18374 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
18375
18376 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
18377 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
18378
18379 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
18380 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
18381 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
18382
18383 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
18384 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
18385
18386 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
18387 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
18388
18389 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
18390 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
18391 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
18392 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
18393
18394 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
18395 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
18396 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
18397 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
18398
18399 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18400
18401 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
18402 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
18403 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
18404
18405 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
18406 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
18407 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
18408
18409 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18410
18411 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18412
18413 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18414
18415 ;;;***
18416 \f
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
18420
18421 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
18422 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
18423 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
18424 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
18425 parameters.
18426 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
18427
18428 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
18429 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
18430 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
18431 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
18432 parameters.
18433 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
18434
18435 ;;;***
18436 \f
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
18438 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
18440
18441 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
18442 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
18443
18444 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
18445 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
18446 This display updates automatically every minute.
18447 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
18448 are displayed as well.
18449 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
18450
18451 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
18452 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
18453 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18455 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
18456
18457 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18458
18459 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
18460
18461 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
18462 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
18463 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
18464
18465 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
18466 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
18467 are displayed as well.
18468 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
18469
18470 ;;;***
18471 \f
18472 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
18473 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
18474 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
18475 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
18477
18478 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
18479 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
18480
18481 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
18482 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
18483
18484 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
18485 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
18486
18487 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
18488 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
18489
18490 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
18491 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
18492 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
18493
18494 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
18495
18496 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
18497 Subtract two time values.
18498 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
18499
18500 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
18501 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
18502
18503 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
18504 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
18505 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
18506
18507 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
18508 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
18509 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
18510
18511 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
18512 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
18513
18514 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
18515 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
18516
18517 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
18518 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
18519 TIME should be a time value.
18520 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
18521
18522 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
18523 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
18524 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
18525
18526 ;;;***
18527 \f
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
18529 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15590 49016))
18530 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
18531
18532 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
18533 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
18534 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
18535 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
18536 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
18537 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
18538 look like one of the following:
18539 Time-stamp: <>
18540 Time-stamp: \" \"
18541 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
18542 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
18543 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
18544 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
18545 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
18546 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
18547 template." t nil)
18548
18549 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
18550 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
18551 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18552
18553 ;;;***
18554 \f
18555 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
18556 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
18557 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
18558 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
18559 ;;;;;; (15664 47249))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
18561
18562 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
18563 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
18564 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
18565 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
18566 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
18567 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
18568 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
18569 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
18570
18571 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
18572 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
18573 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
18574 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
18575 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
18576 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
18577 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
18578 this function is called within a day.
18579
18580 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
18581 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
18582 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
18583 discover the name of the project." t nil)
18584
18585 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
18586 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
18587 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
18588 begun during the last time segment.
18589
18590 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
18591 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
18592 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
18593 discover the reason." t nil)
18594
18595 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
18596 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
18597
18598 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
18599 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
18600 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
18601 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
18602 project you were working on." t nil)
18603
18604 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
18605 Ask the user before clocking out.
18606 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
18607
18608 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
18609 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
18610 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
18611
18612 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
18613 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
18614 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
18615 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
18616 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
18617 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
18618
18619 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
18620 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
18621 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
18622 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
18623
18624 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
18625 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
18626 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
18627 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
18628 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
18629 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
18630 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
18631 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
18632 non-nil." t nil)
18633
18634 ;;;***
18635 \f
18636 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
18637 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
18638 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15671 8032))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
18640
18641 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
18642
18643 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
18644 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
18645
18646 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
18647 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
18648
18649 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
18650 Perform an action at time TIME.
18651 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18652 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
18653 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
18654 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
18655 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
18656 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18657
18658 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18659
18660 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
18661 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
18662 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18663 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
18664 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18665
18666 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18667
18668 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
18669 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
18670 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
18671 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
18672
18673 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
18674 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
18675 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18676 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
18677
18678 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
18679 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
18680
18681 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18682 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18683
18684 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
18685 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
18686 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
18687 The call should look like:
18688 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
18689 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
18690 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
18691 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
18692 be detected." nil (quote macro))
18693
18694 ;;;***
18695 \f
18696 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
18697 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15683 14756))
18698 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
18699
18700 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18701 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
18702 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
18703 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18706 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
18707 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
18708 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
18709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
18710 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
18711 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
18712
18713 ;;;***
18714 \f
18715 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
18716 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
18717 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
18718 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
18719 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
18720 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
18721
18722 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
18723 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18724 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
18725 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
18726 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
18729 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18730 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
18731 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
18732 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
18733
18734 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
18735 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
18736 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
18737 in the menu in two ways:
18738 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
18739 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
18740 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
18741
18742 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
18743 keymap or an alist of alists.
18744 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
18745 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
18746
18747 ;;;***
18748 \f
18749 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
18750 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
18751 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
18752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
18753
18754 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
18755 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
18756
18757 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
18758 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
18759
18760 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
18761 Insert new TODO list entry.
18762 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
18763 category." t nil)
18764
18765 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
18766 List top priorities for each category.
18767
18768 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
18769 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
18770
18771 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
18772 between each category." t nil)
18773
18774 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
18775 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
18776 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
18777 between each category.
18778
18779 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
18780
18781 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
18782 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
18783
18784 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
18785
18786 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
18787 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
18788
18789 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
18790 Show TODO list." t nil)
18791
18792 ;;;***
18793 \f
18794 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
18795 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
18796 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15669 19466))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
18798
18799 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
18800 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
18801 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18803 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
18804
18805 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18806
18807 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
18808
18809 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
18810 Toggle use of the tool bar.
18811 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
18812
18813 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
18814 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
18815
18816 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
18817
18818 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
18819 Add an item to the tool bar.
18820 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18821 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18822 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18823 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18824
18825 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18826 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18827 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
18828
18829 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18830 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18831
18832 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
18833 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
18834 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18835 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18836 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18837 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18838
18839 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18840 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18841 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
18842
18843 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18844 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18845 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
18846 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18847 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18848 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18849 properties to add to the binding.
18850
18851 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
18852
18853 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18854 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18855
18856 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18857 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18858 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
18859 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18860 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18861 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18862 properties to add to the binding.
18863
18864 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
18865
18866 ;;;***
18867 \f
18868 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
18869 ;;;;;; (15642 10295))
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
18871
18872 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
18873 Mode for tooltip display.
18874 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
18875
18876 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
18877 Toggle tooltip-mode.
18878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18879 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
18880
18881 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18882
18883 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18884
18885 ;;;***
18886 \f
18887 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
18888 ;;;;;; 7288))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18890
18891 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18892
18893 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18894
18895 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18896 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18897
18898 ;;;***
18899 \f
18900 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18901 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18903
18904 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18905 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18908 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18909
18910 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18911 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18912
18913 ;;;***
18914 \f
18915 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18917
18918 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18919 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18920 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18921 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18922 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18923
18924 ;;;***
18925 \f
18926 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18927 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18929
18930 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18931 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18932
18933 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18934 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18935 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18936 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18937 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18938 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18939 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18940 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18941
18942 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18943 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18944 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18945 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18946 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18947 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18948 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18949
18950 ;;;***
18951 \f
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-regexp)
18953 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15698 64355))
18954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
18955
18956 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
18957 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
18958 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
18959 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
18960
18961 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
18962 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
18963 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
18964 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
18965
18966 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if (featurep (quote xemacs)) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) "\
18967 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
18968 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
18969 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
18970 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
18971 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
18972 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
18973 files which are not really tramp files.
18974
18975 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
18976 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
18977 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
18978 updated after changing this variable.
18979
18980 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure' and `tramp-make-tramp-file-format'.")
18981
18982 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
18983 Invoke tramp file name handler.
18984 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." nil nil)
18985
18986 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
18987
18988 ;;;***
18989 \f
18990 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18991 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18993 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18994 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18995 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18996
18997 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18998 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18999 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
19000 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
19001 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
19002 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
19003 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
19006 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
19007 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
19008 accepting the proposed default buffer.
19009
19010 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
19011
19012 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
19013 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
19014 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
19015 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
19016 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
19017 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
19018 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
19019
19020 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
19021 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
19022
19023 First column's text sSs Second column's text
19024 \\___/\\
19025 / \\
19026 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
19027
19028 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
19029
19030 ;;;***
19031 \f
19032 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
19033 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
19034 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
19035 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
19037
19038 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
19039 Toggle typing break mode.
19040 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
19041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19042 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
19043
19044 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19045
19046 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
19047
19048 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
19049 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
19050
19051 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
19052 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
19053
19054 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
19055 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
19056 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
19057
19058 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
19059 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
19060
19061 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
19062 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
19063 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
19064
19065 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
19066 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
19067 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
19068 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
19069 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
19070 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
19071
19072 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
19073 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
19074 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
19075 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
19076
19077 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
19078 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
19079
19080 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
19081 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
19082
19083 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
19084 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
19085 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
19086
19087 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
19088 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
19089 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
19090 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
19091 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
19092 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
19093 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
19094
19095 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
19096 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
19097
19098 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
19099 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
19100 reset the keystroke counter.
19101
19102 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
19103 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
19104 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
19105 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
19106
19107 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
19108 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
19109 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
19110 `type-break-schedule' command.
19111
19112 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
19113 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
19114 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
19115 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
19116 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
19117 or not to continue.
19118
19119 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
19120 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
19121 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
19122 approximate good values for this.
19123
19124 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
19125 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
19126
19127 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
19128 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
19129 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
19130 `type-break-warning-repeat'
19131 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
19132 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
19133
19134 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
19135 a typing break occur. They include:
19136
19137 `type-break-query-mode'
19138 `type-break-query-function'
19139 `type-break-query-interval'
19140
19141 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
19144 Take a typing break.
19145
19146 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
19147 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
19148
19149 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
19150 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
19153 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
19154 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
19155 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
19156
19157 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
19158 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
19159
19160 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
19161 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
19162 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
19163 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
19164 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
19165 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
19166 average typing speed.)
19167
19168 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
19169 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
19170 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
19171 the computed maximum threshold.
19172
19173 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
19174 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
19175 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
19176 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
19177 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
19178
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
19182 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
19184
19185 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
19186 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
19187 Works by overstriking underscores.
19188 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
19189 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
19190
19191 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
19192 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
19193 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
19194 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
19195
19196 ;;;***
19197 \f
19198 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
19199 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
19201
19202 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
19203 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
19204 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
19205
19206 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
19207 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
19208 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
19209 following the containing message." t nil)
19210
19211 ;;;***
19212 \f
19213 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
19214 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
19216
19217 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
19218 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
19219 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
19220 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
19221 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
19222 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
19223
19224 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
19225 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
19226
19227 ;;;***
19228 \f
19229 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
19230 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
19232
19233 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
19234 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
19235 This function has a choice of three things to do:
19236 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
19237 to refrain from editing the file
19238 return t (grab the lock on the file)
19239 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
19240 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
19241 in any way you like." nil nil)
19242
19243 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
19244 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
19245 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
19246 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
19247 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
19248
19249 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
19250 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
19251
19252 ;;;***
19253 \f
19254 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
19255 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
19257
19258 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
19259 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
19260 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
19261 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
19262
19263 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
19264 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
19265 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
19266
19267 ;;;***
19268 \f
19269 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
19270 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
19271 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
19272 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
19273 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
19274 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
19275 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15683 14756))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
19277
19278 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
19279 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
19280 See `run-hooks'.")
19281
19282 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
19283 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
19284 See `run-hooks'.")
19285
19286 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
19287 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
19288 See `run-hooks'.")
19289
19290 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
19291 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
19292
19293 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
19294 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
19295 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
19296 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
19297 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
19298 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
19299
19300 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
19301 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
19302 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
19303 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
19304 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
19305
19306 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
19307 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
19308 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
19309 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
19310 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
19311 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
19312 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
19313 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
19314 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
19315 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
19316 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
19317
19318 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
19319 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
19320
19321 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
19322 it will operate on the file in the current line.
19323
19324 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
19325 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
19326 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
19327 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
19328 lock steals will raise an error.
19329
19330 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
19331
19332 For RCS and SCCS files:
19333 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
19334 control.
19335 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
19336 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
19337 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
19338 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
19339 it performs a revert.
19340 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
19341 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
19342 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
19343 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
19344 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
19345 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
19346 the option to steal the lock.
19347
19348 For CVS files:
19349 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
19350 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
19351 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
19352 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
19353 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
19354 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
19355 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
19356 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
19357 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
19358
19359 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
19360 Register the current file into a version control system.
19361 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
19362 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
19363
19364 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
19365 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
19366 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
19367 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
19368 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
19369 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
19370
19371 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
19372 Display diffs between file versions.
19373 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
19374 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
19375 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
19376 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
19377 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
19378 saving the buffer." t nil)
19379
19380 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
19381 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
19382 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
19383 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
19384
19385 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
19386 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
19387 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
19388 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
19391 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
19392 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
19393 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
19394 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
19395 from the current branch.
19396
19397 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
19400 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
19401 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
19402
19403 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
19404 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
19405
19406 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
19407
19408 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
19409 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
19410
19411 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
19412 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
19413 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
19414 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
19415 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
19416 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
19417
19418 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
19419 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
19420 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
19421 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
19422 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
19423 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
19424
19425 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
19426 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
19427
19428 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
19429 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
19430 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
19431 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
19432 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
19433
19434 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
19435 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
19436 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
19437 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
19438 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
19439 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
19442 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
19443 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
19444
19445 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
19446 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
19447 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
19448 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
19449 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
19450 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
19451 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
19452
19453 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
19454 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
19455 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
19456 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
19457 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
19458 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
19459 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
19460 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
19461 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
19462
19463 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
19464 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
19465
19466 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
19467 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
19468 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
19469 directory.
19470
19471 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
19472
19473 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
19474 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
19475 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
19476
19477 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
19478 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
19479
19480 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
19481 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
19482
19483 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
19484 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
19485 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
19486 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
19487 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
19488 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
19489
19490 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
19491 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
19492 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
19493 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
19494 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
19495 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
19496 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
19497 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
19498
19499 Customization variables:
19500
19501 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
19502 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
19503 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
19504 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
19505
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15651 7288))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
19510 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
19511 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
19512 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
19513 (require 'vc-cvs)
19514 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
19515
19516 ;;;***
19517 \f
19518 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
19519 ;;;;;; (15672 42728))
19520 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
19521
19522 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
19523 *Where to look for RCS master files.
19524 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
19525
19526 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
19527
19528 ;;;***
19529 \f
19530 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
19531 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
19532 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
19533
19534 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
19535 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
19536 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
19537
19538 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
19539
19540 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
19541 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
19542 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
19543 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
19544
19545 ;;;***
19546 \f
19547 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
19548 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
19550
19551 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
19552 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
19553
19554 Usage:
19555 ------
19556
19557 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
19558 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
19559 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
19560 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
19561 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
19562 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
19563 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
19564 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
19565 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
19566 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
19567 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
19568 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
19569 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
19570 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
19571 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
19572 The following abbreviations can also be used:
19573 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
19574 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
19575 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
19576
19577 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
19578 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
19579 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
19580
19581 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
19582 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
19583 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
19584 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
19585 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
19586 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
19587 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
19588 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
19589 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
19590
19591 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
19592 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
19593 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
19594 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
19595 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
19596 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
19597 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
19598 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
19599
19600 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
19601 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
19602 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
19603
19604 - COMMENTS:
19605 `--' puts a single comment.
19606 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
19607 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
19608 comment in between.
19609 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
19610 following lines.
19611 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
19612 uncomments a region if already commented out.
19613
19614 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
19615 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
19616 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
19617 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
19618 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
19619 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
19620 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
19621 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
19622 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
19623 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
19624 multi-line comments.
19625
19626 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
19627 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
19628 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
19629 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
19630 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
19631 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
19632 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
19633 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
19634 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
19635
19636 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
19637 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
19638 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
19639 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
19640 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
19641 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
19642 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
19643 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
19644 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
19645 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
19646
19647 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
19648 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
19649 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
19650 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
19651 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
19652 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
19653 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
19654 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
19655 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
19656 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
19657 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
19658 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
19659 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
19660
19661 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
19662
19663 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
19664 menu).
19665
19666 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
19667
19668 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
19669 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
19670 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
19671 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
19672 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
19673
19674 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
19675 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
19676 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
19677 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
19678 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
19679 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
19680 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
19681 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
19682 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
19683
19684 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
19685 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
19686 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
19687 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
19688 specified.
19689
19690 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
19691 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
19692 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
19693 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
19694 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
19695 the current directory for VHDL source files.
19696
19697 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
19698 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
19699 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
19700 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
19701 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
19702 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
19703 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
19704 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
19705 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
19706 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
19707 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
19708
19709 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
19710 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
19711 Math Packages.
19712
19713 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
19714 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
19715 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
19716 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
19717 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
19718 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
19719 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
19720 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
19721
19722 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
19723 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
19724 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
19725 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
19726 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
19727 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
19728
19729 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
19730 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
19731 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
19732 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
19733 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
19734
19735 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
19736 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
19737 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
19738 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
19739 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
19740
19741 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
19742 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
19743 highlighted if written in lower case.
19744
19745 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
19746 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
19747 is non-nil.
19748
19749 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
19750 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
19751 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
19752
19753 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
19754 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
19755 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
19756
19757 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
19758 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
19759 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
19760
19761 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
19762 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
19763 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
19764 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
19765 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
19766 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
19767 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
19768
19769 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
19770 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
19771 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
19772 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
19773 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
19774
19775 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
19776 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
19777 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
19778 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19779
19780 - HINTS:
19781 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
19782
19783
19784 Maintenance:
19785 ------------
19786
19787 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
19788 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
19789
19790 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19791
19792 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
19793 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
19794 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
19795 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19796
19797 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
19798 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
19799 version and release notes can be found.
19800
19801
19802 Bugs and Limitations:
19803 ---------------------
19804
19805 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
19806 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
19807 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
19808 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
19809 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
19810 does not work under XEmacs.
19811
19812
19813 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
19814 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
19815
19816 Key bindings:
19817 -------------
19818
19819 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
19820
19821 ;;;***
19822 \f
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
19825
19826 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
19827 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
19828 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
19829 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
19830
19831 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
19832 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
19833 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
19834 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
19835 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
19836
19837 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
19838 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
19839
19840 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
19841
19842 * Limitations and unsupported features
19843 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
19844 not supported.
19845 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
19846 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
19847
19848 * Modifications
19849 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
19850 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
19851 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
19852 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
19853 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
19854 for undoing a repeated change command.
19855 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
19856 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
19857 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
19858
19859 * Extensions
19860 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
19861 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
19862 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
19863 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
19864 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
19865 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
19866 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
19867 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
19868
19869 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
19870
19871 ;;;***
19872 \f
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
19874 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
19875 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
19876 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
19877 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
19878
19879 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
19880 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
19881
19882 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19883 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
19884 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19885 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19886
19887 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19888 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
19889
19890 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19891 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
19892 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19893 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19896 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
19897
19898 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19899
19900 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19901
19902 ;;;***
19903 \f
19904 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
19905 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
19906 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15625
19907 ;;;;;; 11768))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
19909
19910 (defvar view-mode nil "\
19911 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
19912 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
19913 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
19914
19915 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
19916
19917 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
19918 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19919 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19920 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19921 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19922 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19923 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19924
19925 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19926
19927 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19928 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19929 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19930 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19931 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19932 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19933 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19934 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19935
19936 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19937
19938 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19939 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19940 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19945 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19946
19947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19950 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19951 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19952 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19953 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19954 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19955 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19956
19957 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19958
19959 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19960 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19961 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19964 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19965 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19966 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19967 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19968 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19969 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19970 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19971
19972 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19973
19974 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19975 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19976 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19977
19978 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19979 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19980 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19981 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19982 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19983 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19984 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19985 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19986
19987 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19988
19989 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19990 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19991 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19992
19993 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19994 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19995 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19996
19997 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19998 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19999 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
20000 read-only.
20001 \\<view-mode-map>
20002 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
20003 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
20004 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
20005 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
20006 commands default to a repeat count of one.
20007
20008 H, h, ? This message.
20009 Digits provide prefix arguments.
20010 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
20011 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
20012 > move to the end of buffer.
20013 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
20014 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
20015 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
20016 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
20017 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
20018 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
20019 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
20020 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
20021 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
20022 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
20023 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
20024 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
20025 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
20026 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
20027 Use this to view a changing file.
20028 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
20029 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
20030 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
20031 . set the mark.
20032 x exchanges point and mark.
20033 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
20034 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
20035 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
20036 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
20037 ' go to position saved in character register.
20038 s do forward incremental search.
20039 r do reverse incremental search.
20040 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
20041 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
20042 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
20043 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
20044 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
20045 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
20046 p searches backward for last regular expression.
20047 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
20048 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
20049 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
20050 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
20051 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
20052 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
20053 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
20054 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
20055
20056 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
20057 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
20058 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
20059 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
20060 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
20061 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
20062 will return to that buffer.
20063
20064 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
20065
20066 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
20067 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
20068 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
20069 `view-return-to-alist'.
20070 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
20071 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
20072 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
20073
20074 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
20075 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
20076 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
20077 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
20078 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
20079 1) nil Do nothing.
20080 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
20081 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
20082 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
20083 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
20084
20085 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
20086
20087 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
20088
20089 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
20090 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
20096
20097 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
20098 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
20099
20100 ;;;***
20101 \f
20102 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
20103 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
20104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
20105
20106 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
20107 Toggle Viper on/off.
20108 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
20109
20110 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
20111 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
20112
20113 ;;;***
20114 \f
20115 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
20116 ;;;;;; (15698 64355))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
20118
20119 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
20120 Function to generate warning prefixes.
20121 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
20122 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
20123 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
20124 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
20125 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
20126 the beginning of the warning.")
20127
20128 (defvar warning-series nil "\
20129 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
20130 An integer is a position in the warnings buffer
20131 which is the start of the current series.
20132 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores an integer here).
20133 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
20134 also call that function before the next warning.")
20135
20136 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
20137 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
20138
20139 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
20140 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
20141 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
20142 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
20143
20144 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
20145 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
20146 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
20147 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
20148 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
20149 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
20150
20151 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
20152 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
20153 if you do not attend to it promptly.
20154 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
20155 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
20156 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
20157 :debug -- info for debugging only.
20158
20159 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
20160 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
20161
20162 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
20163
20164 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
20165 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features." nil nil)
20166
20167 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
20168 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
20169 Aside from generating the message with `format',
20170 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
20171
20172 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
20173 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
20174 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
20175 can be whatever you like.)
20176
20177 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
20178 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
20179 if you do not attend to it promptly.
20180 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
20181 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances." nil nil)
20182
20183 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
20184 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
20185 Aside from generating the message with `format',
20186 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
20187 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level." nil nil)
20188
20189 ;;;***
20190 \f
20191 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
20193
20194 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
20195 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
20196
20197 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
20198 hotlist.
20199
20200 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
20201 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
20202
20203 ;;;***
20204 \f
20205 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
20206 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
20207 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
20208
20209 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
20210
20211 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
20212 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
20213 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20215 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
20216
20217 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20218
20219 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
20220
20221 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
20222 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
20223 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
20224 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
20225
20226 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
20227 and off otherwise." t nil)
20228
20229 ;;;***
20230 \f
20231 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
20232 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
20233 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
20234 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
20235 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
20236 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
20238
20239 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
20240 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
20241
20242 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
20243 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
20244
20245 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
20246 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
20247
20248 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
20249 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
20250
20251 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
20252 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
20253
20254 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
20255 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
20256 These are:
20257 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
20258 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
20259 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
20260 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
20261 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
20262
20263 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
20264 and:
20265 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
20266 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
20267
20268 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
20269 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
20270
20271 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
20272 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
20273
20274 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
20275 whitespace problems." t nil)
20276
20277 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
20278 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
20279
20280 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
20281 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
20282
20283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20284 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
20285 \(which see).")
20286
20287 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20288
20289 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
20290
20291 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
20292 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
20293 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
20294
20295 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
20296 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
20297
20298 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
20299 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
20300 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
20301
20302 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
20303 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
20304
20305 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
20306 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
20307
20308 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
20309 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
20310 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
20311 replaced with TABS).
20312 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
20313 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
20314
20315 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
20316
20317 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
20318 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
20319
20320 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
20321 i - Indentation whitespace.
20322 l - Leading whitespace.
20323 s - Space followed by Tab.
20324 t - Trailing whitespace.
20325
20326 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
20327 !<y>.
20328
20329 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
20330 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
20331 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
20332 always they default to 8.)
20333
20334 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
20335 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
20336 even print it.
20337
20338 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
20339 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
20340 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
20341 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
20342 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
20343 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
20344 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
20345 to set smarttab.)
20346
20347 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
20348 merge problems.
20349
20350 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
20351 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
20352 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
20353
20354 ;;;***
20355 \f
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
20357 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15698 64355))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
20359
20360 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
20361 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
20362
20363 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
20364 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
20365
20366 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
20367 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
20368
20369 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
20370 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
20371 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
20372
20373 ;;;***
20374 \f
20375 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
20376 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15683
20377 ;;;;;; 14756))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
20379
20380 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
20381 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
20384 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
20385 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
20386
20387 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
20388 Create widget of TYPE.
20389 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
20392 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
20393
20394 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
20395 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
20396
20397 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
20398 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
20399 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
20400
20401 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
20402 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
20403
20404 ;;;***
20405 \f
20406 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
20407 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
20408 ;;;;;; 17070))
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
20410
20411 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
20412 Select the window to the left of the current one.
20413 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20414 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
20415 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
20416 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
20417 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20418
20419 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
20420 Select the window above the current one.
20421 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
20422 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
20423 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
20424 negative ARG) of the current window.
20425 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20426
20427 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
20428 Select the window to the right of the current one.
20429 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20430 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
20431 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
20432 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
20433 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
20436 Select the window below the current one.
20437 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20438 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
20439 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
20440 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
20441 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20442
20443 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
20444 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
20445 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
20446 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
20447
20448 ;;;***
20449 \f
20450 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
20451 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
20452 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
20453
20454 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
20455 Toggle winner-mode.
20456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20457 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
20458
20459 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20460
20461 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
20462
20463 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
20464 Toggle Winner mode.
20465 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
20466
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
20470 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
20472
20473 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
20474 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
20475 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
20476 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
20477 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
20478 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
20479 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
20480 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
20481
20482 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
20483 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
20484
20485 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
20486 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
20487
20488 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
20489 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
20490 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
20491 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
20492 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
20493 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
20494 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
20495 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
20496
20497 ;;;***
20498 \f
20499 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
20500 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
20502
20503 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
20504 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
20505
20506 BUGS:
20507 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
20508 are not implemented
20509 - Options for search and replace
20510 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
20511 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
20512
20513 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
20514 Emacs-like.
20515
20516 The key bindings are:
20517
20518 C-a backward-word
20519 C-b fill-paragraph
20520 C-c scroll-up-line
20521 C-d forward-char
20522 C-e previous-line
20523 C-f forward-word
20524 C-g delete-char
20525 C-h backward-char
20526 C-i indent-for-tab-command
20527 C-j help-for-help
20528 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
20529 C-l ws-repeat-search
20530 C-n open-line
20531 C-p quoted-insert
20532 C-r scroll-down-line
20533 C-s backward-char
20534 C-t kill-word
20535 C-u keyboard-quit
20536 C-v overwrite-mode
20537 C-w scroll-down
20538 C-x next-line
20539 C-y kill-complete-line
20540 C-z scroll-up
20541
20542 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
20543 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
20544 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
20545 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
20546 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
20547 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
20548 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
20549 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
20550 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
20551 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
20552 C-k b ws-begin-block
20553 C-k c ws-copy-block
20554 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
20555 C-k f find-file
20556 C-k h ws-show-markers
20557 C-k i ws-indent-block
20558 C-k k ws-end-block
20559 C-k p ws-print-block
20560 C-k q kill-emacs
20561 C-k r insert-file
20562 C-k s save-some-buffers
20563 C-k t ws-mark-word
20564 C-k u ws-exdent-block
20565 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
20566 C-k v ws-move-block
20567 C-k w ws-write-block
20568 C-k x kill-emacs
20569 C-k y ws-delete-block
20570
20571 C-o c wordstar-center-line
20572 C-o b switch-to-buffer
20573 C-o j justify-current-line
20574 C-o k kill-buffer
20575 C-o l list-buffers
20576 C-o m auto-fill-mode
20577 C-o r set-fill-column
20578 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
20579 C-o wd delete-other-windows
20580 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
20581 C-o wo other-window
20582 C-o wv split-window-vertically
20583
20584 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
20585 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
20586 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
20587 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
20588 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
20589 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
20590 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
20591 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
20592 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
20593 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
20594 C-q a ws-query-replace
20595 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
20596 C-q c end-of-buffer
20597 C-q d end-of-line
20598 C-q f ws-search
20599 C-q k ws-to-block-end
20600 C-q l ws-undo
20601 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
20602 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
20603 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
20604 C-q w ws-last-error
20605 C-q y ws-kill-eol
20606 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
20607 " t nil)
20608
20609 ;;;***
20610 \f
20611 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15698
20612 ;;;;;; 64355))
20613 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
20614
20615 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
20616 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
20617 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20619 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
20620
20621 (custom-add-to-group (quote xterm-mouse) (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20622
20623 (custom-add-load (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote xt-mouse))
20624
20625 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
20626 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
20627 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
20628
20629 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
20630
20631 ;;;***
20632 \f
20633 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
20634 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
20636
20637 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
20638 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
20639
20640 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
20641 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
20644 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
20645 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
20646
20647 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
20648 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
20649
20650 ;;;***
20651 \f
20652 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15640 49864))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
20654
20655 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
20656 Zone out, completely." t nil)
20657
20658 ;;;***
20659 \f
20660 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
20661 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15567 16402))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
20663
20664 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
20665 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
20666
20667 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
20668 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
20669
20670 Zone-mode does two things:
20671
20672 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
20673 when saving the file
20674
20675 - fontification" t nil)
20676
20677 ;;;***
20678 \f
20679 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("play/meese.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
20680 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
20681 ;;;;;; "window.el" "uniquify.el" "startup.el" "saveplace.el" "menu-bar.el"
20682 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "finder-inf.el" "files.el" "cus-load.el" "bindings.el"
20683 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "term/mac-win.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
20684 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
20685 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
20686 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "subr.el" "simple.el" "select.el" "language/indian.el"
20687 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
20688 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20689 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
20690 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/european.el" "international/utf-8.el"
20691 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
20692 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "replace.el" "ediff-wind.el" "cus-start.el"
20693 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
20694 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8-subst.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
20695 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "mouse.el" "loadup.el" "help.el"
20696 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
20697 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
20698 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
20699 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el"
20700 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el"
20701 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el"
20702 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
20703 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el"
20704 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
20705 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
20706 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
20707 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
20708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
20709 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/gametree.el"
20710 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
20711 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
20712 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
20713 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
20714 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
20715 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el"
20716 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
20717 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el"
20718 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
20719 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el"
20720 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
20721 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/czech.el"
20722 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ogonek.el"
20723 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-5.el"
20724 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-2.el"
20725 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
20726 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
20727 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
20728 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
20729 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
20730 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
20731 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
20732 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
20733 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
20734 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
20735 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
20736 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
20737 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el"
20738 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
20739 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
20740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
20741 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
20742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
20743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
20744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
20745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
20746 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
20747 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
20748 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
20749 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
20750 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
20751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
20752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
20753 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
20754 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
20755 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
20756 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
20757 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
20758 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
20759 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/netrc.el"
20760 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
20761 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
20762 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
20763 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
20764 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
20765 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
20766 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
20767 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
20768 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
20769 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
20770 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
20771 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
20772 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
20773 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
20774 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
20775 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
20776 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
20777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
20778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
20779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "xml.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el"
20780 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el" "unused.el" "timezone.el"
20781 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "soundex.el" "scroll-bar.el" "s-region.el" "register.el"
20782 ;;;;;; "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el"
20783 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "isearch.el"
20784 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" "foldout.el"
20785 ;;;;;; "float-sup.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "ediff-vers.el"
20786 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-hook.el" "dos-vars.el"
20787 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el"
20788 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "custom.el" "indent.el"
20789 ;;;;;; "version.el" "w32-vars.el" "xscheme.el" "net/ldap.el" "term/x-win.el"
20790 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
20791 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
20792 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
20793 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "faces.el" "filesets.el"
20794 ;;;;;; "format.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "w32-fns.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
20795 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
20796 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
20797 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
20798 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "net/tramp-vc.el"
20799 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
20800 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "subdirs.el") (15714 5520
20801 ;;;;;; 332589))
20802
20803 ;;;***
20804 \f
20805 ;;; Local Variables:
20806 ;;; version-control: never
20807 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
20808 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
20809 ;;; End:
20810 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here